Volume 5, Issue 8(4), August 2016 International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research

Published by Sucharitha Publications 8-43-7/1, Chinna Waltair – 530 017 – India Email: [email protected] Website: www.ijmer.in

Editorial Board Editor-in-Chief Dr.K. Victor Babu Faculty, Department of Philosophy Andhra University – Visakhapatnam - 530 003 Andhra Pradesh – India

EDITORIAL BOARD MEMBERS

Prof. S.Mahendra Dev Prof. Fidel Gutierrez Vivanco Vice Chancellor Founder and President Indira Gandhi Institute of Development Escuela Virtual de Asesoría Filosófica Research Lima Peru Mumbai Prof. Igor Kondrashin Prof.Y.C. Simhadri The Member of The Russian Philosophical Vice Chancellor, Patna University Society Former Director The Russian Humanist Society and Expert of Institute of Constitutional and Parliamentary The UNESCO, Moscow, Russia Studies, New Delhi & Formerly Vice Chancellor of Dr. Zoran Vujisiæ Benaras Hindu University, Andhra University Rector Nagarjuna University, Patna University St. Gregory Nazianzen Orthodox Institute

Universidad Rural de Guatemala, GT, U.S.A Prof. (Dr.) Sohan Raj Tater

Former Vice Chancellor Singhania University, Rajasthan Prof.U.Shameem Department of Zoology Andhra University Visakhapatnam Prof.K.Sreerama Murty Department of Economics Dr. N.V.S.Suryanarayana Andhra University - Visakhapatnam Dept. of Education, A.U. Campus Prof. K.R.Rajani Department of Philosophy Dr. Kameswara Sharma YVR Andhra University – Visakhapatnam Asst. Professor Dept. of Zoology Prof. P.D.Satya Paul Sri. Venkateswara College, Delhi University, Department of Anthropology Delhi Andhra University – Visakhapatnam I Ketut Donder Prof. Josef HÖCHTL Depasar State Institute of Hindu Dharma Department of Political Economy Indonesia University of Vienna, Vienna & Ex. Member of the Austrian Parliament Prof. Roger Wiemers Austria Professor of Education Lipscomb University, Nashville, USA Prof. Alexander Chumakov Chair of Philosophy Dr. N.S. Dhanam Russian Philosophical Society Department of Philosophy Moscow, Russia Andhra University Visakhapatnam

Dr.B.S.N.Murthy Dr.T.V.Ramana Department of Mechanical Engineering Department of Economics GITAM University Andhra University Campus, Visakhapatnam Dr.Ton Quang Cuong Dr.S.V Lakshmana Rao Dean of Faculty of Teacher Education Coordinator University of Education, VNU, Hanoi A.P State Resource Center Visakhapatnam Prof. Chanakya Kumar Department of Computer Science Dr.S.Kannan University of Pune,Pune Department of History Annamalai University Prof. Djordje Branko Vukelic Annamalai Nagar, Chidambaram Department for Production Engineering University of Novi Sad, Serbia Dr. B. Venkataswamy H.O.D., & Associate Professor Prof. Shobha V Huilgol Dept. of Telugu, P.A.S. College Department of Pharmacology Pedanandipadu, , India Off- Al- Ameen Medical College, Bijapur

Dr.E. Ashok Kumar Prof.Joseph R.Jayakar Department of Education Department of English North- Eastern Hill University, Shillong GITAM University Dr.K.Chaitanya Department of Chemistry Prof.Francesco Massoni Nanjing University of Science and Department of Public Health Sciences Technology University of Sapienza, Rome People’s Republic of China Prof.Mehsin Jabel Atteya Dr.Merina Islam Al-Mustansiriyah University Department of Philosophy College of Education Cachar College, Assam Department of Mathematics, Iraq

Dr. Bipasha Sinha Prof. Ronato Sabalza Ballado S. S. Jalan Girls’ College Department of Mathematics University of Calcutta, Calcutta University of Eastern Philippines, Philippines

Prof. N Kanakaratnam Dr.Senthur Velmurugan .V Dept. of History, Archaeology & Culture Librarian Dravidian University, Kuppam Kalasalingam University Andhra Pradesh Krishnankovil Tamilnadu

Dr. K. John Babu Dr.J.B.Chakravarthi Department of Journalism & Mass Comm Assistant Professor Central University of Kashmir, Kashmir Department of Sahitya Rasthritya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha,

® © Editor-in-Chief, IJMER Typeset and Printed in India www.ijmer.in IJMER, Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research, concentrates on critical and creative research in multidisciplinary traditions. This journal seeks to promote original research and cultivate a fruitful dialogue between old and new thought. C O N T E N T S

Volume 5 Issue 8(4) August 2016

S. Page No No

1. Form and Function of Limestone Crafts in the Village of 1 Singapadu Kaler Gianyar on the Global Era I Ketut Muka Pendet

2. mebmke=ÀleJee*dce³es m$eerefMe#ee 19 R.Chandrasekhar

3. Educational Standard of Russia During President Putin: 33 An Analysis Sanjukta Maharana

4. ‘Immigration’ to ‘In-Migration’ – A Thematic 51 Transformation of Bharati Mukherjee in Her Novels Singuru Mohan Kumar

5. Contribution of Dalit Women to The Telangana Armed 65 Struggle Sunitha Pandi

6. The Transition Phases in Gross Manifestation of 75 Limited Consciousness(Nidrā, Svapna & Samādhi) Surabhi Verma

7. Impact of A.P.J. Abdul Kalam, in Future India 90 Rajib Mondal

8. A Sociological Aspect in Indira Goswami's Novel 'The 99 Bronze Sword of Thengphakri Tehsildar' in English Translation Raju Brahma

9. Query Based Approach for Infected Sugarcane Leaf by 109 Using Color CBIR B. Takale and M.S. Chavan 10. Exploring Self-Efficacy of High School Students in 130 Relation to Gender and Locality Ritu Rani and Sneh Lata

11. Acharya Kolkaluri Enoch Kolupulu Kathanikaloni 140 Dalita Sthree Chaitanyam B.Venkataswamy and Ravi Srinivasulu Reddy

12. Red Sanders as a Geobotanic Indicator in The 146 Classification of the Cuddapah Supergroup K. Kesava Raju and R. Jagadiswara Rao

13. How Bifurcation Crippled Andhra Pradesh 158 Lt. M. Kondala Rao

14. Sandhi Swarupa Swabhavalu 165 N.Venkateswara Rao

15. Factors Identification for Merchandising of Cosmetics 174 Products Using Cluster Analysis Nutan Tripathi,D. S. Chaubey and Durgesh Mani Tripathi

16. Tribal Development Policy and Implementation In 194 Andhra Pradesh with Reference to Integrated Tribal Development Agency, A.Karuna

17. Religious Theory of Dr. B.R. Ambedkar 208 B. Thanuja and Karamthur Venkatesu Naik

18. Composing the Gendered Self: Debates in Bhakti Poetry 215 Mudita Mohile

19. A Study of Sanskrit Poets in Vemulawada surrounds, in 224 Kareem Nagar District Avula Mallareddy

20. Psychological factors in Apastamba Dharma Sutra 233 G.V.N.Pavan Kumar

Dr. K. VICTOR BABU ISSN : 2277 – 7881 M.A.,M.A.,M.Phil.,Ph.D.,PDF, (D.Lit) Impact Factor :3.318(2015) Faculty of Philosophy and Religious Index Copernicus Value: 5.16 Studies & Editor-in-Chief International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research (IJMER) & Sucharitha: A Journal of Philosophy and Religion Andhra University, Visakhapatnam Pin - 530 003 , Andhra Pradesh – India

Editorial……

You will be happy to know that we have entered the fifth year of publication of IJMER, since its inception in April 2012. Focusing on many interdisciplinary subjects, the published papers are spreading the knowledge with fervent hope of upholding the holistic approach. With all my heart, I reiterate to echo my sincere feelings and express my profound thanks to each and every valued contributor. This journal continues to nurture and enhance the capabilities of one and all associated with it.

We as a team with relentless efforts are committed to inspire the readers and achieve further progress. Aim is to sustain the tempo and improve. We acknowledge with pleasure that our readers are enjoying the publications of Sucharitha Publishers. We solicit to receive ideas and comments for future improvements in its content and quality. Editor –in-Chief explicitly conveys his gratitude to all the Editorial Board members. Your support is our motivation. Best wishes to everyone.

Dr.K.Victor Babu Editor-in-Chief

SOCIAL SCIENCES, HUMANITIES, COMMERCE & MANAGEMENT, ENGINEERING & TECHNOLOGY, MEDICINE, SCIENCES, ART & DEVELOPMENT STUDIES, LAW www.ijmer.in

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

FORM AND FUNCTION OF LIMESTONE CRAFTS IN THE VILLAGE OF SINGAPADU KALER GIANYAR ON THE GLOBAL ERA

I Ketut Muka Pendet Doctoral Program of Cultural Studies Udayana University, Denpasar, Bali

Abstract

Nowadays the shape and functions of limestone crafts in the village of Singapadu Kaler experience growth and change very rapidly. This is marked by the emergence of various kinds of limestone craft with different functions that enrich the art and culture of Bali in particular and Indonesia in general. Several forms and functions limestone crafts that are very popular and in demand by consumers are the production of craftsman from Singapadu Kaler village of Gianyar. The form of limestone crafts has a function, style and aesthetic impression that is different from traditional forms of limestone crafts in other areas. Overall the crafts created are basically the result of the influence of globalization, thus resulting in the form and function of very varied and innovative limestone crafts.

It has a positive and negative impact for not only accepted by the craftsmen, but more broadly, for the village community and the consumer society. In addition, the shape and functions of limestone crafts in the village of Singapadu Kaler generally contain various and very important functions, among others: creative, economic, aesthetic, and cultural change functions. The method used to analyze the problems is a qualitative approach to cultural studies, utilizing the theory of deconstruction and postmodern aesthetic theory.

This paper is expected to be used as a medium of learning by both secondary and college levels of the art educational institution or the general public, particularly in the field of limestone handicrafts

www.ijmer.in 1 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

growing in the village of Singapadu Kaler Gianyar. In addition, this paper can also be used as a reference by the authors and researchers in conducting similar scientific research, so that the repertoire of limestone crafts science in Indonesia is increasingly known and growing rapidly.

Keywords: Limestone Crafts and Globalization.

1. INTRODUCTION Since prehistoric times (8000--5000 BC) many products of art and culture have been found in Gianyar such as the discovery of the sarcophagus, nekara, relief, rock temples, statues, sculptures and relics of other stones (Kempers, 1977: 122). These remains contain garnish demonstrating ancestors proficiency in making scratches in the form of masks, carvings, statues and other ornaments. Artifacts of culture in the form of sculptures, reliefs found at the tourism object of Yeh Pulu, Goa Gajah Bedulu Village; Bebitra Cliff Temple and Cliff Temple of Gunung Kawi, Tampaksiring. So many archaeological remains are full of multiple meanings intrinsically useful to the systemic, academic, ideological, strategic importance in strengthening the nation's character and can provide economic value in a sustainable manner.

The development of limestone craftsart in the village of Singapadu Kaler in line with the current journey of times by displaying its own characteristics, which is pioneered by young-talented craftsmen with formal education so that they can bring innovative creative works. The diversity of limestone craftpatterns in the village of Singapadu Kaler up till now being is continuously developed and still based on the traditional elements and local value. Viewed in terms of production and sales of handicrafts it can trigger motivation of the craftsmen to work and create. They take advantage of the atmosphere by participating actively to make a breakthrough and try to explore new innovations in the field.

www.ijmer.in 2 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Singapadu Kaler village is the center of the limestone craft industry well known by people around the world since the 1970s, and nearly 75% of the local people are the crafters. Judging from the character, form, and function of traditional crafts and the onesthat are thriving today, they still reflect the peculiarities of its own identity. It can be observed as a whole and in detail, both in terms of design, decorative ornaments, textures, materials and production techniques showing that the beauty of the composition and proportion are always taken into consideration. The concept of traditional limestone craft creation in the village of Singapadu Kaler, Gianyar, is still aimed at the interests of Hindu religion reflecting the scheme or form that transcends human experience, feudalistic, and communal. In line with Soedarso’s view (1992: 45), the concept of creation leads to the interests of the king (ruler) that bringing about the traditional craft forms that follow certain norms in the sense that the characteristics of traditional Balinese limestone crafts have meaning and symbolic meaning, religious magical in nature, like the embodiment of the gods and goddesses, such as building decoration of kekarangan, pepatran and relief (Covarrubias, 1957: 191).

The diversity of shapes with smooth character, such as, figures of gods, warriors; rough characters, such as the myth of ghosts, giants; and old character with typical narrow eyes, and their position take symmetrical placement as a decoration of sacred buildings / temple referring to the views of classical aesthetics. The art is described by the principle of form follows meaning, in the sense that in arranging the artwork the artisans look to give more priority to new ideological significance, with the overall appearance refering to the shape of a symmetrical composition that gives the meaning of harmony with the concept of creation guided by the norms and certain grip.

In general the embodiments of limestone craft of Singapadu Kaler village very clearly take the forms of wayang Bali using three

www.ijmer.in 3 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

dimensional proportions, namely (1) lanjar, specifically to create a high-scale sculpture or placed at a height; (2) nyepek, following the measure of a man; and (3) rentet, specially clown shapes and funny sculptures This was done due to the fact that all arrangement of shapes, symbols, disposition or expression, and decorative ornaments, creation still follow the norms of tradition that always has sacred impression unlike other forms of modern limestone crafts developed by young craftsmen that do not reveal the exact size, ignoring traditional norms so that it looks sometimes asymmetrical, clumsy, eccentric and funny, giving meaning rebellion and lack of balance.

2. GLOBALIZATION

Globalization means the disappearance process of distance, the dimensions of time and space that used to be long and far to become very close. Globalization refers to the narrowing of world intensively and increase our awareness of the world. Firmasanzah in Yudabakti (2013: 33) mentions that globalization is also an endless process of integration dragging things that are locally attached to the characteristics of the origin leading to the global nature of things that circulate freely without limits.

Giddens (2003: 73) states that globalization is not purely economical, both in terms of the nature, causes and consequences. Globalization movement is also social, political, and cultural touching the field of culture in society, including the arts.

The rapid impact of globalization to Bali, especially in Gianyar unwittingly has shifted the various forms of local culture and seeks to acknowledge, even mingles with global culture. This process eventually results in a mixed culture which is supported by a wide range of heterogeneous cultural elements to create innovation or a form of new culture, both adopted from foreign influence and the results of internal development and creativity of the local communities. It happens

www.ijmer.in 4 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

gradually and slowly changes the perspective and the concept of thinking of the craftsmen to continue exploring new values in the creation.

Handicraft products that were once seen as valuable works are now in the era of globalization greatly influenced by the market, consumers (stakeholders). This is caused by a global culture that is identical with market culture that is more concerned with economic value and use rather than the content. This view was pioneered by young artisans with formal education with the concept of creation that is more directed to the interests of the market, both in terms of form, the characters are more innovative, and functional, all lookt leading to modern aesthetics and postmodern form following function (form follows function) and forms follow pleasure (form follows man) abandoning the concept of creation that is guided by norms and certain grip.

The influence of globalization occurring in the village of Singapadu Kaler Gianyar influences the disappearance of style, unwittingly threatens the existence of a variety of local cultural heritages, even mingle with the global culture This is reflected by the birth of new ideas and concepts of limestone craft creation by utilizing modern technology in order to create new forms and gradually shift the craft functions of limestone craft into practical interests. The birth of a new idea with the development of modern and appropriate technology makes entrepreneurs and creative artisans produce a variety of products of modern culture.

 LITERATURE REVIEW Associated with the title of this writing a search and study of some books that are related to craft and culture of Bali have been carried out, including Bali di Persimpangan Jalan, a book written by Usadi Wiryatnaya and Jean Couteau (1995) that essentially describes

www.ijmer.in 5 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

asocial change; Musnahnya Otonomi Seni by Djuli Djatiprambudi (2009) describes the art product today has led to market interests; Indonesia Heritage, written by Soemantri Hilda (1999) mapped out in detail the development of art since the time of Pita Maha Bali.

Perceptions of Paradise: Image of Bali in The Art written by Garret Kam (1993); explained that the development of art in Bali can be grouped into two sections. First, discusses the history of Balinese art starting from prehistoric times to the present. Both discuss the traditions and changes of Balinese art, especially in visual form, and Art in Indonesia: Continuittes and Change,a book written by Clair Holt (1967) clearly describes arts development in Indonesia to sculpture in Bali that are turned on by tradition and Hinduism. Religious activities in Bali, especially Hinduism can be used as the basis of life and the concept of the creation of the arts of Bali. Furthermore, it is stated that the sculpture in Bali has changed direction into secular after obtaining external influences (West). The relevance of the above writings can be used as a reference in getting the concepts and theories that are beneficial to add insight in assessing the form and function of limestone crafts in Singapadu Kaler village on the global era.

 METHODOLOGY The method used to obtain field data is qualitative and cultural studies approach. Qualitative method is a method of research that holds on field data with observations, interviews, and supported by documentation method. This research is cultural studies with a qualitative approach and potpositivistic paradigm then the relevant method used is a qualitative method. The method is used with the consideration that the overall field data collection uses an approach that tends to use words verbally to narrate the form and function of limestone craft as a phenomenon of cultural arts in the village of Singapadu Kaler Gianyar. Postpositivistic paradigm is the paradigm of

www.ijmer.in 6 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

research that not only examines the reality of what can be seen, touched and felt, but also to understand and examine the meanings behind the reality (Satori and Komariah, 2010: 12).

Black and Champion (1999: 66; Ratna, 2010: 289) also mentions, that the case study or postpositivistic more dominantly uses the services of informants. Referring to the opinion, the study of form and function of limestone crafts on global era in the village of Singapadu Kaler Gianyar is a form of case study or postpositivistic that mostly uses the services of informants. Principally the research is a case study related to the form and function of limestone crafts and its development in the global era.

Qualitative research method used is not only in the workings of systematic thinking and reflective study to understand the form and function of limestone crafts in the village of Singapadu Kaler but also is an opportunity to correct the initial assumption that the village of Singapadu Kaler is a cultural region or limestone craft centers which is already known to the public from foreign countries.

 DISCUSSION Form and Function Limestone Crafts

The discussion on the form and function of limestone crafts in the village of Singapadu Kaler, Gianyar is not only an aesthetic presentation as a cultural product in the sense of beauty, but also gives pleasure and enjoyment, created as a legacy of tradition. The form and function of limestone crafts on globalization era is seen as an esthetic offer constructed for capitalist interests with the development of traditional values, regional identity, and the novelty that brings about ideology that encourages the existence of handicrafts to meet the needs of the present market share.

www.ijmer.in 7 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Effort and movement of changes are made for the production of traditional limestone crafts are increasingly not in demand for its creation is only based on religious interests and supporting the beauty of the temple buildings and housing. Therefore, some young artisans raised initiative to adopt modernization to deconstruct back the motifs and forms of traditional crafts in anticipation of the growth of tourism facilities. This shift in perspective is what lies behind the pattern of thought and the creation concept of the young artisans that cthat gave birth to limestone craft works that more lead to the global market orientation.

The development of tourism in the village of Singapadu Kaler strongly influenced the shape, distribution, and consumption of the limestone crafts. As revealed by Ardika (2003) that the development of tourism in Bali can not be separated from the facilities, hotels, villas, home stays, restaurant and spa. In addition it also takes art crafts, both with traditional and modern identities, as a supporting element of the aesthetic space, architecture, and gardens. It affects the growth of limestone crafts in the village of Singapadu Kaler with the concept of creation that leads to postmodern aesthetic, abandoning the concept of traditions based on the norms and certain grip. Slowly it shifts the role of traditional artisans. In addition unwittingly they are marginalized by the birth of new concepts with the minimalist craft design to meet consumer demand and contemporary tourism.

Since the limestone crafts in the village of Singapadu Kaler are developed as a commodity, especially for the needs of the aesthetic elements of space, some artisans began to move the profession or have dual function, namely as a craftsman and entrepreneur or distributor (art dealer). The dual role of craftsmen indirectly make the distance between traditional craftsmen and young artisans who pursue new models, especially in the development of structures and design motifs. The spirit of creativity of the young artisans, collectors, and

www.ijmer.in 8 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

entrepreneurs in creating and developing new innovations, good ideas, ideas, design technique, as well as more modern production. This dilemma brings about problems for the growth of traditional limestone crafts in the village of Singapadu Kaler.

The local arts service providers appear to have been eroded by the capitalist needs and the display of local craft products as a whole must adapt to market needs. The dominance of young entrepreneurs of Singapadu Kaler Village in the form of cultural practice is disseminated through a wide range of modern technology to master the concept of thinking and work of the young craftsmen, among others, Wayan Sunarsa, Made Sudiarsa, Wayan Arimbawa, Nyoman Arta, Wayan Brahmantara, Ketut Surya, Wayan Komplit, and Wayan Mariasa.

Conditions that lead to the production of limestone crafts in the village of Singapadu Kaler they are under the hegemony of capitalist causing the bending process of pure creativity of the traditional craftsmen who maintain art idealism to become marginalized. If the symptoms are not addressed wisely, either individually or in groups, they can only weaken and destroy the regional identity. The pattern of social and cultural everyday life of young craftsmen in Singapadu Kaler Village lately shows global culture lifestyle. The thoughts and insights of society in producing limestone crafts has been opened in accordance with the situation and market conditions. Hence the concept of thinking, perspectives, and techniques in producing limestone craft forms tend to be modern now.

Since 2006 the craftsmen have adopted material white limestone imported from Palimanan and Pandanwangi Yogyakarta. In addition, the technique has utilized the recycling of powder material of local limestone. The creativity made out of the postmodern concept principally aims to reduce production costs and to avoid damage to the natural environment of Bali. They began to innovate utilizing modern

www.ijmer.in 9 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

techniques. One of them is to a pour print system using limestone powder materials or recycling system composed with cement, gypsum, and powders.

The production of limestone crafts in the village of Silakarang has been progressing, no longer limited to materials in the form of limestone taken directly from nature, but a work of art crafts by utilizing the materials in the form of powdered limestone from excavation waste treated with a mixture of cement then molded with the casting technique. Lately, the use of materials continues to grow by bringing materials from the white limestones fromYogyakarta region triggered by the issue of environmental damage and the high cost production a. Form The form of craft art is a cultural work included in the form of attitudes and behavior. Koentjaraningrat (1984: 5) grouped human culture into three, namely the idea or ideas, activities and materials (artifacts). Handicrafts that reveal the nuances of space, line, shape, and texture can be categorized into material manifestation (artifact) as part of the creation of man. The existence of forms, motifs and details that are created can be passed down to the next generation when a variety of shapes, motion lines, motifs, and the nuances of space have been clearly documented.

. Speaking about the handicraft as a form of expression of human culture, which flourished in the past is not just one or two forms, but the amount can be grouped according to the shape and place. It can be said that the forms, motifs, and the types of crafts that were created in the past, related to religiousity or places of worship for Hindus. The existence of empirical facts on the field (Singapadu Kaler Village), especially the cultural heritage in the form of artistic reliefs and sculptures, is a translation of ideas and concepts associated with

www.ijmer.in 10 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

the cult of how high the attention of the authorities towards religious life.

Most legacy of predecessor generation still believed to be a milestone in the introduction of limestone crafts that decorated several temples in the village of Singapadu Kaler are well maintained and sustainable, including the statutes of gods and goddesses, animals, reliefs of the Ramayana, Mahaberata, Tantri, Panji, even other mythological stories. Today the tradition of making statues for the sake of Parahyangan (pura, merajan, sanggah,) still remain to be done by several groups of old craftsmen, while on the other, a group of young craftsmen are more interested in other forms of decorative sculptures (decor), both placed in the yard, hotel, restaurants, on the street, and elsewhere as an aesthetic space element.

However, due to flexibility of most villagers in Singapadu Kaler, these forms of sculptures and statues of ancestral cultural heritage are still maintained and sacred. Such a phenomenon can be said to be the survival of religious attitudes and behaviors of community members that indicates how powerful form of cultural resistance in appreciating the importance of the cultural heritage of the past.

The form of limestone craft is traditional, laden with symbolic value as a form of sacrifice (bhakti) based on the sincerity of mind and attitude (purity), is sacred. Sacred is the nature of human highly subjective form of treatment to the symbolic objects on the basis of faith and belief in the greatness of God, such as the embodiment of forms, decorative motifs, either as a supporting structure of the building or simply decoration. Treatment and attitudes of the artisans in the village of Singapadu Kaler in an effort to translate the concepts and ideas into material form of limestones trying to knit the value of traditions of the past as a habit.

www.ijmer.in 11 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

According Sztompka (1993: 69) tradition is a whole of material objects and ideas that come from the past and at present still actually exist, undistorted or forgotten. The tradition of the past is still channeled into the present through variants of form based on the elements of modern art. In the artistic process craftsmen in the village of Singapadu Kaler have always relied on the tradition. However, there are times when they undergo a process of idea or concept transformation that has implications for the shape, style and motif, eventually gave birth to more innovative forms of craft that leads to a postmodern aesthetics (Piliang, 2006).

The forms of limestone craft from Singapadu Kaler village can not be separated from the composition or structure of art. The structure implies setting, organizing, connecting, or designing portions of the overall shape. The structure of the artwork is a unity of expressive elements regarding the form and content Djelantik (1990: 32) Soedarso (1993: 2). There are two fundamental factors that can influence the creation of a work of art, namely ideoplastic factors related to the world of ideas that are symbolic and psycoplastic factor that become the real form born from the concept of natural shape sterilization of objects. The experiences underlie the creation of a wide range of shapes and motifs of craft with the composition, proportion, narrative lines and carvings that are trying to uncover the beauty of nature, the value of literature in fragments of Mahaberata story, Ramayana, tantri as well as natural events through allegory implying a symbolic value.

Yudibrata (1982: 56) states that the most important in craft product is the content of its utilitarian value in accordance with the level of practical needs. Therefore, these values appear in an assortment such as religious, spiritual, moral, ethical, aesthetic and practical values. Those values can be drawn from the fundamental point, among others, (1) religion, giving a religious value, magical, and

www.ijmer.in 12 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

spiritual beliefs; (2) logic, providing the value of intellectual, scientific, science, and empirical truth; (3) ethics, providing a wide range of moral values, manners, moral and ethical; and (4) the aesthetic, rulting in the value of beauty, balance, freshness, entertainment, elegance, and aesthetic. The above criteria very much touch the composition and proportion of the limestone craft forms in the village of Singapadu Kaler, either in the form of two-dimensional shapes, namely keketusan, pepatran, and relief, and the three-dimensional shape such as statues and sculptures as well as forms of limestone crafts today with a postmodern aesthetics touch that overall reflect regional identity.

Imitation decorative Floral decorative Impressional

(pastiche) (kitsch) decorative (parody) b. Function The discussion about the function refers to the opinion of Sedyawati (2008: 293) that from time to time changes frequently occur. The changes will sometimes give rise to new functions or function shift that was not known before, as happened in the village of Singapadu Kaler today. The growth and survival of limestone craft products in the village of Singapadu Kaler were initially just to meet the necessities of

www.ijmer.in 13 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

the religious. The remains of the culture in the form of statues, sculptures, reliefs, and a wide range of ornaments in the forms of limestone carving used as a medium of communication with the worshipped.

Similarly in other parts of the building elements that use limestone material confirm and give the sense of building function, namely as a dwelling place. The sculptor in the past with the sincere and honest devote all their ability to create art objects taking the forms of statues, sculptures, reliefs, and a wide variety of pragment motifs as decoration on a sacred building that has a function as a means of worship.

Gelebet et al. (1982) state that the placement of a decorative in addition to functioning as a decoration also carries meaning and purpose. The use of ornament can be grouped, such as the decorative as a beauty, decoration as a ritual symbol and decorative as educational media. Similarly, the motifs of craft ornaments carved by the artisans of Singapadu Kaler village reveal the meaning, function, and specific meaning in accordance with its placement. Pepatran motif on building accentuate forms of beauty that are sterilized and abstracted, are for example, the winged lion, handed eagles, winged human, flame-haired tortoise, and so forth. Various forms of reliefs, statues, and sculptures are created not only as a form of expression of the artisans, but as a means of communication to the Revered. The motif is bedawang nala as a symbol of stability of life movement, a winged lion as a symbol of agility, and Garuda Wisnu as a symbol of faith.

The appearance of imitation variety of tantri stories, legends that have grown in popularity has a constructive educative meaning. For example, the appearance of lion and bull reliefs from friendship into enmity due to defamation can be interpreted so as not to be easily played off. Forms and decorative motifs are sculpted as decorative of

www.ijmer.in 14 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

beauty, symbol, educational purposes, and communicative purposes. Lately with the fast growth of tourism the functions are slowly transformed into commercial goods to meet the needs of tourism. In its development many changes occur, including changes in the structure, function, style, and the media.

The function of limestone crafts in the village of Singapadu Kaler, can be translated into three parts, namely personal function, physical function, and social function. The personal function is interpreted that the craft is related as a medium for expressing personal expression in the form of artwork, the social function is the embodiment of art related to social conditions that can affect the collective behavior, while physical function is related to artworks that physically have practical uses such as the creations that can serve as containers and tools.

For more details, the active function of decorative or limestone crafts is visually depicted below. It means that the specific ornament is created to support the building structure as well decorate and the craft group has a passive function only as decoration in accordance with shapes, motifs, and its application in traditional Balinese buildings.

Passive decorative Active decorative pepatran motif kekarangan motif

www.ijmer.in 15 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

6. CONCLUSION

Form and function of limestone craft in the village of Singapadu Kaler are basically triggered by globalization so as to provide opportunities for people to exercise creativity. The community in question is the capital owners or entrepreneurs, communities and artisans who created the limestone crafts. In addition, there are also people who live in and around the village of Singapadu Kaler and consumer society who consume limestone craft products, either from Bali or outside Bali

The development of the form and function of limestone crafts principally leads to the development of ideas and concepts, forms, production techniques, design motif, and functions. The craftsmen are trying to engineer ideas and concepts creatively derived from the values of the Balinese cultural heritage that are developed into multifunctional with the concept of creation that leds to the modern art, even postmodern that consider aesthetic forms more important to practical interest.

Principally, factors that influence the development of form and function include the internal and external factors. Internal factors concern education, creativity of artisans, as well as socio-cultural background of the supporting community. Conversely, external factors concern the development of tourism, technological development, and the influence of modern culture.

Globalization also affects the changes in aesthetic values of limestone crafts, which at first was still traditional ans eventually turned into postmodern aesthetic. It is characterized by the appearance of forms with imitation style (pastiche), patches (kitsch), and funny (parody). Changes in traditional aesthetic style into a postmodern aesthetic is influenced by the production process carried out by young craftsmen with formal education. The approach taken is

www.ijmer.in 16 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

commodification and to deconstruct the pattern or model of the traditional limestone crafts into a contemopary model of limestone craft so as to produce beauty having the characterisrtic of a postmodern art.

Bibliography

 Ardhana, I Ketut. 1994. “Bali dalam Kilasan Sejarah” dalam I Gde Pitana (ed), Dinamika Masyarakat dan Kebudayaan Bali. Denpasar: BP.

 Ardika, I Wayan. 2005. “Strategi Bali Mempertahankan Kearifan Lokal di Era Global”, dalam Kompetensi Budaya Bali dalam Globalisasi. Denpasar: Fakultas Sastra Unud dan Pustaka Laras.

 Covarrubias, M, 1957. Island of Bali. New York: Harry N. Abrams, Inc.

 Djelantik, A.A. M. 1990. Balinese Paintings. Singapore: Oxford University Press.

 Gelebet, I Nyoman dkk. 1992. Arsitektur Tradisional Daerah Bali. Departemen Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan Proyek Inventarisasi dan Dokumentasi Kebudayaan Daerah.

 Gustami, S.P. 1991. “Dampak Modernisasi terhadap Seni Kriya di Indonesia”dalam Soedarso, S.P. Editor Beberapa Catatan tentang Perkembangan Kesenian Kita. Yogyakarta: BP ISI Yogyakarta.

 Kempers, A.J Bernet. 1977. Monumental Bali. Introduction to Balinece Archeology Guide to the Monuments.Van Goor Zonen Den Haag

 Koentjaraningrat.1997. Manusia dan Kebudayaan Indonesia. Jakarta: Djambatan.

www.ijmer.in 17 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

 Picard, Michel. 1992, Tourisme Cultural et Culture Touristique Diterjemahkan oleh Jean Couteau & Pristie Wahyo (2006). Pariwisata Budaya dan Budaya Pariwisata. Jakarta: Gramedia.

 Piliang, Yasraf Amir. 2006. “Antara Hemogenitas dan Heterogenitas: Estetika dalam Cultural Studies” Makalah Kajian Budaya.Udayana.

 Ratna, Nyoman Kutha. 2010. Metodologi Penelitian Kajian Budaya Dan Ilmu Sosial Humaniora pada Umumnya. Yogyakarta: Pustaka Pelajar.

 Sedyawati, Edy. 2008. Keindonesiaan dalam Budaya. Jakarta: Wedatama Widia Sastra

 Soedarsono, R.M. 2000. Melacak Jejak Perkembangan Seni di Indonesia. Sebuah Terjemahan Buku Claire Holt (Art In Indonesia Continuities and Change).Bandung: MPSI (Masyarakat Seni Pertunjukan Indonesia).

 Soedarso, S.P. 1992. Seni Patung Indonesia. Yogyakarta: B P ISI Yogyakarta.

 Yudabakti , I Made. 2013. “Marginalisasi Wayang Kulit Parwa di Kabupaten Gianyar pada Era Globalisasi”. Disertasi Program Doktor, Program Studi Kajian Budaya, Program Pascasarjana Universitas Udayana.

www.ijmer.in 18 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016 mebmke=ÀleJee*dce³es m$eerefMe#ee

Dr. R.Chandrasekhar Assistant Professor Department of Education Rashtriya Sanskrit Vidyapeetha Tirupati ,, (A.P.)

JewefokeÀkeÀeueeoejY³e Yeejles vee³e&ë HetpeemLeeveb ÒeeHvegJeefvle ~ mebmke=ÀleJee*dce³eevegmeeruevesve %ee³eles ³eoe³e&mebmke=Àleew meceepes ®e Yeejleer³eveejerCeeb ieewjJeemHeob mLeeveb JesefJeÐeles~ GkeÌleb efn cevegvee – “³e$e vee³e&mleg Hetp³evles jcevles le$e osJeleeë” Fefle ~ ³e$e m$eerCeeb Deveeojë YeJeefle le$e meJee&efCe Oeeefce&keÀkeÀe³ee&efCe, ³eeef%ekeÀkeÀe³ee&efCe ®e efve

JewefokeÀkeÀeueeoejY³e meceepem³e eqmLeefleb HeefjMeerueef³elegced DeejYesce leefn& lelmece³eeosJe meceepes efMe#ee³eeë mLeeveced Del³egVeleced Deemeerefoefle efveefM®eleb Òeleer³esle leLeeefHe yeeuekeÀyeeefuekeÀeveeceefHe ke=Àles mecegef®eleefMe#ee³ee J³eJemLee Deemeerefoefle %ee³ele~

Gheve³evemebmkeÀejsCe oeref#elee ye´ïe®eeefjCees ye´ïe®e³e&efve³eceeved Heeue³evleesçKeC[%eeveced, DeveskeÀeë efmeOoerM®e ÒeeHlee Fefle Yeejleer³eJee*dce³es Yetefj ÒeMebmee Jele&les~ DeeHemlecyees YejÜepeM®eesYeeJesJe efJeÐeeÒeeHle³es Gheve³evem³eesÎsM³eb cev³esles ~ Gheve³eveb efJeÐeeO³e³eves®ígkeÀm³e ke=Àles Þegl³evegmeejb keÀce& mebmkeÀej Fefle Òees®³eles ö ’Gheve³eveb efJeÐeeLe&m³e Þegefleleë mebmkeÀej Fefle “~ cevegveeefHe ÒeesÊeÀced ö “JewefokeÀwë keÀce&efYeë HegC³ewefve&

www.ijmer.in 19

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

$eÝiJesokeÀeues m$eerefMe#ee HetCe&ªHesCe Deemeerrled ~ efkeÀáe JesoejcYeveece Gheve³evemebmkeÀejeLe¥ yeeefuekeÀeveeceJekeÀeMeë meceemeerefoefle ÒeceeCeHegäb leL³eced ~ le®®e ³eLee – ’Yeercee pee³ee ye´eïeCem³eesHeveerlee ogOee¥ oOeeefle Hejces J³eesceved ”~~($eÝiJeso 10-109-4) m$eerefMe#eeefJe

’HegjekeÀuHes leg veejerCeeb ceew_peeryevOeveefce<³eles ~ DeO³eeHeveb ®e Jesoeveeb meeefJe$eerJe®eveb leLee ” ~~ (Jeerjefce$eeso³e-mebmkeÀej-ÒekeÀeMeë, He=.402-403 Deleë mHeäcesJe ³eled Òee®eervekeÀeues eqm$e³eesçefHe ye´ïe®e³e¥ Oe=leJel³ees ceg¡ecesKeueeb He³e&Oee

www.ijmer.in 20

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

ke=ÀlesçefHe ³eLeeJeêtHesCe ef¬eÀ³evles mce, efkeÀvleg efJevee cev$eced~ Hejvleg kesÀJeueb efJeJeenmebmkeÀejs m$eerCeeb ke=Àles JewefokeÀcev$eeCeeb Òe³eesie Deemeerled – “Deceeqv$ekeÀe leg keÀe³ex³eb m$eerCeeceeJe=oMes

DeLeJe&JesosçefHe meceguuesKees ¢M³eles – “ye´ïe®e³exCe keÀv³ee ³egJeeveb efJevoles Heefleced ” ~ (DeLeJe&Jesoë – 11/ 3/ 18) DeLee&led keÀv³ee ye´ïe®e³e&mesJeveHetJe&kebÀ JesoeefoMeem$eeC³eOeerl³e HetCe&efJeÐeeced GÊeceefJeÐeeb ®e ÒeeH³e ³egJeeJemLee³eeb mJeevegªHeb HeefleosJeb efJevoleeced~ ($eÝiJesos (10/ 86/ 1) DeveskeÀmLeues

www.ijmer.in 21

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

yengcee$ee³eeb ÒeefleHeeoveceefmle ~ Hegjelevemece³es cev$ees®®eejCes les

Devesve mHeäcesleod ³eled m$eerJeieexçefHe Heg©

“mevO³eekeÀeueceveeë M³eecee Oe´gJeces<³eefle peevekeÀer ~ veoeR ®esceeb efMeJepeueeb mevO³eeLex JejJeefCe&veer ” ~~ (jecee³eCeced , 5/14/49)

www.ijmer.in 22

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

DeHejb ®e meJex ¢äevlee FocesJe yeesOe³eefvle ÒeceeCe³eefvle ®e ³eod jecee³eCekeÀeefueke̳ees vee³e&ë meJee& DeefHe efMeef#elee Deemeved ~ ceneYeejlesçefHe efMeef#eleveejerCeeb JeCe&veceefmle ~ kegÀvleer yentved cev$eeved peeveeefle mce (ceneYeejleced , JeveHeJe& ,305/20)~ ceneYeejlem³e JeveHeJe&efve mecee³eeleb ³eod SkesÀve ye´eïeCesve HeeC[Jeceelejced DeLeJe&Meer

Oeeefce&keÀefMe#ee – JewefokeÀ³egieb Oeeefce&keÀ³egieceemeerled ~ m$eerpeveeved melke=Àl³es ve³eefvle mce, Òesj³eeceemegM®e leemeeb efHelee, Heefleë, kegÀìgcyem³e Je³eesJe=OoeM®e, les

ceneYeejles De©vOel³eeë Jewog<³eced DemceeefYeë ê<ìgb Meke̳eles~ lem³eeë Jewog<³eb efJe%ee³e $eÝ

“lelemlJe=ef

leHeë meeceL³e&ced – Jee³egHegjeCes meceguuesKees efceueefle ³eod SkeÀeqmceved mece³es owl³eieg©ë Meg¬eÀe®ee³e&ë Me¹jmeceerHes ce=l³egme¡eerefJeveercev$eefMe#eeb ûenerlegb peieece ~ leoe osJewjmegje³egOoe³e Deent³evles mce ~ Demegjeë Hejeefpeleeë, Ye=iegHelveeR keÀeJ³eceelejb

www.ijmer.in 23

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

MejCe²leeë ~ keÀeJ³ecee$ee DemegjeCeeb ke=ÀlesçYe³eb oos ~ Fvêes ³eoe efJe

“S

“DeeqiveceO³es leHeëkeÀleg¥ keÀm³e MeeqkeÌleë HeefleJe´les ! lJe³ee ke=Àleb lelHejceb meJe&ueeskeÀYe³e¹jced ” ~~ (Jee³egHegjeCeced – 107/36 , He=.433 leLee ÞeerosJeerYeeieJeleced – 4/11/49-52) ~~

Je´lekeÀjCem³e meeceL³e¥ efMe#ee ®e – Denu³ee³eeë keÀv³ee³ee ³eesieue#c³eeë HetJe&pevceveë mcejCeceemeerled ~ HetJe&pevceefve DeJeefMe<ìb ke=ÀefÊekeÀeJe´leb mee HetJe&Jeled ke=ÀlJee HetCeeakeÀleg&efce³es

www.ijmer.in 24

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

DeeefleL³eefMe#ee – DeefleefLeb Òeefle keÀer¢ied J³eJenejes YeJesled , lem³e melkeÀejef¬eÀ³eeefoë m³eeod Fl³eeoerveeb efJe®eejesçefHe mec³ekeÌÒekeÀejsCe HegjeCes

www.ijmer.in 25

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

“%eelJee mJeCe&Jeleer osJeer meJe&efJeÐeeefJeMeejoe” (YeefJe<³eHegjeCeced – 24/105 , he=.309(efÜleer³eYeeieë) ~

mebieerlecev³eefMe#ee ®e – Meg¬eÀe®ee³e&m³e keÀv³ee osJe³eeveer mebieerleefJeÐee³eeb efJeMes

www.ijmer.in 26

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

peieece leHemes meeOJeer Heg

www.ijmer.in 27

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

SJebYetleeefve ef®e$eefvecee&CeesoenjCeeefve efJe

jepeveerefle:mewv³eefMe#ee ®e keÀeefueoemeer³ee veejer ve kesÀJeueb ie=efnCeerªHesCe ve ®eeefHe kesÀJeueb meef®eJeªHesCewJe ceele=ªHesCewJe Jee meceepes mJekeÀer³eb cenÊJeb ÒeoMe&³eefle ÒeK³eeHe³eefle ®e ~ DeefHeleg keÀeues meceeieles mee jepeveweflekeÀoeef³eÊJemecHetlee&JeefHe veeefmle He=ÿieeefceveer Heg©

(jIegJebMecenekeÀeJ³eced ) Fefle meJe&efJeefoleesovleJeCe&veefce

JewefokeÀkeÀeues jepeveerlesë mewv³eefMe#ee³eeM®eeefHe Òe®eueveb mecYeeJ³eles~ ceeke&ÀC[s³eHegjeCes keÀjvOecem³e Helv³ee Jeerje³eeë Òeme²es efceueefle ~ (ceeke&ÀC[s³eHegjeCeced –®elegefJe&bMel³eefOekeÀMeleleceesçO³ee³eë, Muees. 7-16) ³eoe Jeerje³eeë Heg$eesçJeeref#elees efJeMeeueveiejm³e mJe³ebJejs jepeefYeë HejeJe=l³e yevoerke=Àlemleoe Jeerje mJeHeefleke=Àles jepeOece&m³e #ee$eOece&m³e ®e Heefj®e³eb Òeoe³e Heg$eke=Àleb keÀe³e¥ ÒeMebm³e ®e Me$etved Òeefle ³egOoe³e mJeHeefleb keÀjvOeceb Òes

www.ijmer.in 28

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

“les

www.ijmer.in 29

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Oece&%ee, Oece&oefMe&veer –“ ueefuelee meleleb je%ee Oece&oefMe&veer ”~ (12-144)

mebmke=ÀleJee*dce³es efkeÀef_®eoer¢ied veejerCeeceefHe Òeme²es Jele&les ³eeë mJeleke&ÀMekeÌl³ee ce=leHeefleceefHe peerefJeleced Deevew

efMe#eemLeeveced – JewefokeÀkeÀeuem³e DeeHetJee&Oo&b yeeuekeÀyeeefuekeÀ³eesë efMe#ee HeefjJeejeY³evlejs ceelee-efHelee-efHele=J³e- Ye´elee ®esl³eeefoÜejwJe yeYetJe ~ DevegMeemevem³e Meeruem³e DevegJe=ÊesJee& ke=ÀlesçefOekeÀmegmebIeefìle-efMe#eemebmLee³ee DeeJeM³ekeÀlee YeJeefle mce ~ m$eerY³eë yeng

www.ijmer.in 30

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

HeeflejsJe ieg©ë m$eerCeeb meJe&m³eeY³eeielees ieg©ë”~~ (ye´ïeHegjeCeced-80/47) Jesos

HeefjMeerefuele ûevLeeë 1.cevegmce=efleë 2.Jesoeë 3.DeäeoMeHegjeCeeefve 4.osJeerceenelc³eced 5.megYeeef

www.ijmer.in 31

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

8. ceneYeejleced 9. mce=efle®eeqvêkeÀe 10.DecejkeÀes

www.ijmer.in 32

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

EDUCATIONAL STANDARD OF RUSSIA DURING PRESIDENT PUTIN: AN ANALYSIS

Dr. Sanjukta Maharana Junior Lecturer in Political Science Government Women’s Junior College, Bolangir Odisha

Introduction

The disintegration of Union of Soviet Socialist Republics (USSR) and the emergence of Russia as its successor state witnessed several unpleasant situation in social and economic system of new Russia. Among this low spending on education during President Boris Yeltsin’s period indicates the reduction of educational standard of new Russia. Yeltsin the new head of Russia could not stand up to the expectation of people so far as improving the educational standards is concerned. Fortunately, the emergence of Putin as the President of Russia in 2000 symbolizes lot of positive signals in improving the standard of education. The President has been taking several attempts for increasing the standard of education through reforming the educational system of the country and these indicate increasing the standard of education which is continuously increasing in recent period. In this present paper attempts have been made to highlight about the educational standard of Russia during the Presidentship of Vladimir Putin.

Better educational system and its effective operation occupies an important place in the development of human capital and overall improvement of society. The universal compulsory and state controlled education of Soviet Union indicates a pleasant symbol of education system in the communist state. But the Yeltsin period witness a low level of educational standard because of inferior and weak economic

www.ijmer.in 33 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

position of new Russia. However, President Putin’s period symbolizes the increasing standard of social policy including its educational policy.

President Putin has given much priority to develop the educational sector of Russia. Low spending on education because of decreasing its standard in President Yeltsin’s period due to financial problems and lack of reforms symbolizes the decreasing standard of education in this period. President Putin increased spending on education. He announced double spending on education through implementing various plans and policies. Apart from this, he raised the salary of teachers which encourages the brilliant brain to enter into teaching profession. Only 13 percent of expenditure comes from federal government and rest was from local and regional budget. So this would increased the standard of education by increasing spending on it and Putin’s commitment for a wide schooling (Balzer 2002: 177-76).

Apart from this, Putin have initiated several reforms to improve the status of education. “When President Putin came to power, in a speech to the state council, he called free education “the cornerstone” of state system. The reform of 2001 included a shift to a 12 years schooling system, which would allow pupils to specialize before higher education. Plans were announced for a standard school-leaving exam. This reform was being introduced to make entry into higher education more egalitarian and less prone to corruption. Reform in school system included a change in teachers’ terms and conditions. The most important condition for improvement in the standard of education was marked by the rise in salary of teachers from $80 to $100 per month” (Bacon and Wyman 2006: 67).

After becoming president of Russia in 2000, Putin propounded various measures to increase the standard of education. According to WES Staff, “Recent pronouncements from President Vladimir Putin have called for a renewed effort to tackle additional problems that have

www.ijmer.in 34 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

plagued the education system for more than a decade: low salaries, poor and outdated facilities and teaching materials, and inadequate regulatory mechanisms” (Staff 2005).

Figure: 1 Structure of Education system in the Russian Federation

Source: Nikolaev and Chugunov 2012:2

The figure provides an overview of Russian schooling system from pre- primary upto higher education. Children are admitted in school from 1 to 6 years at pre- primary level. In Russia, generally compulsory education for children starts at 6 years 6 months according to Russian legislation and it is similar to primary education of the children. “Beginning from September 1, 2007 compulsory full-time education lasts for eleven years and continues up to the age of 17. The general education school system of Russia consists of nine years of basic general education (primary and lower secondary education) and two years of upper secondary education, which leads to the certification of complete secondary education. Basic general education is almost always provided

www.ijmer.in 35 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

in single-structure schools without a transition between primary and lower secondary levels, up to the age of 15. The end of basic general education coincides with the transition between lower and upper secondary education” (Nikolaev and Chugunov 2012: 1).

“There are two main options in upper-secondary education: the general education option, which prepares the pupils for higher education, and the vocational option, which prepares pupils both for working life and for higher education. These different options are organized into separate programs and institutions, and the students have to opt for one or the other”. (Nikolaev and Chugunov 2012: 1).

Russia signed various declaration like Bologna Declaration in 2003 “ which launched the process of migrating from Russian traditional tertiary education model to a modern degree structure in line with Bologna Process model”. “In October 2007 in Russia a law was enacted that replaced the traditional five-year model of education with a two- tiered approach: a four year bachelor degree followed by a two-year master’s degree. In 2010 the admission to the traditional five-year programs was stopped. By 2014, in Russia there should be no five-year programs students excluding just a few specializations” (Nikolaev and Chugunov 2012: 1).

Educational standard of Russia during President Putin

In August 2001, President Putin constituted state council to discuss about educational reform. This constituted the members who are the head of the regions. The main intention of this was that during this period educational standard was in a suppressed condition. During a speech to state council President Putin stated that free education is “the cornerstone” of state. The main priority of Putin’s educational reform was to provide more fund to education sector. Moreover, the salary of the teachers were increased from $80 to $100 per month. In subsequent period, Putin’s reform on education covered “to change in

www.ijmer.in 36 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

teacher terms, payment and hours of teaching” (Bacon and Wyman 2006: 67).

The year 2002 marked an increase of 60 percent in consolidated budget in comparison to previous year (Chowdhury and Verbina 2003). Increased in budget in education symbolizes special attention of President Putin to increase the standard of education. President Putin in his annual address to the nation in 2006 stressed for the need of a competitive educational system and higher educational establishments. This period symbolized the increase of budgetary expenditure on education and the member of students coverage on secondary vocational training.

President Putin undertook several measures to raise the educational standard of Russia. Among them increase of budget in educational field occupies an important place.

Table:1 Budgetary Expenditures on Education (2000-2007)

2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 Consolidated 214.8 277.8 408 475.6 593.2 801.8 1033.3 1342.3 budget on education, Rb. bn Federal 38.1 54.5 81.7 99.8 121.6 162.1 201.6 278.5 budget Territorial 176.7 223.3 326.3 375.8 471.6 628.6 831.7 1063.8 budgets Proportion of 2.9 3.1 3.8 3.6 3.5 3.7 3.9 4.1 educational expenditures in the consolidated budget, as% of GDP Federal 0.5 0.6 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.8 budget Territorial 2.4 2.5 3.0 2.8 2.8 2.9 3.1 3.3 budgets

www.ijmer.in 37 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Proportion of 9.7 9.7 10.2 12.0 12.7 11.8 12.3 11.9 educational expenditures in the consolidated budget, of RF, as% Proportion of 1.7 1.9 2.0 2.5 2.6 2.4 2.4 2.5 educational expenditures by the federal budget in the consolidated budget expenditures, as%

Proportion of 8.0 7.8 8.1 9.5 10.1 9.4 9.9 9.5 educational expenditures by territorial budgets in the consolidated budget expenditures, as%

Source: Russian economy in 2008: 350

The increase of budgetary allocation on education during Putin’s period is clearly reflected in the table given above. During President Putin period the budgetary expenditure on education increased. The Consolidated budget on education in 2000 was 214.8 Rb. Bn and increased to 1342.3 Rb. Bn in 2007. The federal budget was 38.1 in 2000 and also increased to 278.5 in 2007. Similarly in case of territorial budget, the Proportion of educational expenditures in the consolidated

www.ijmer.in 38 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

budget, as% of GDP, Territorial budgets the expenditure continuously increased from 2000 to 2007. All the above datas clearly indicate increasing educational expenditure during the Putin’s period (Figure:2).

Figure:2 Budgetary Expenditures on Education

1400 1342.3

1200

1063.8 1033.3 1000

831.7 801.8 800

Rb. bn Consolidated budget on education, Rb. bn 628.6 Federal budget 600 593.2 Territorial budgets 475.6 471.6 408 400 375.8 326.3 277.8 278.5 223.3 214.8 201.6 200 176.7 162.1 121.6 81.7 99.8 38.1 54.5 0 2000 2001 2002 2003 Year2004 2005 2006 2007

Sources: Prepared on the basis of Table 1.

The expenditure of federal budget on education continued to rise which can be proved from the table given below.

www.ijmer.in 39 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Table: 2 The Federal Budget Expenditures on Education in 2000–2008

2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008

The federal 38.1 54.5 81.7 99.8 121.6 160.5 201.6 278.0 336.1 budget expenditures on education, as Rb. bn

The federal 22.5 31.3 44.4 56.8 72.1 114.7 155.1 214.0 263.2 budget expenditures on the university education, as Rb. bn

The federal 0.5 0.6 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.8 0.8 budget expenditures on education, as% of GDP

The federal 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.6 0.6 budget expenditures on the university education, as% of GDP

Proportion of 3.8 4.1 4.1 4.1 4.9 4.6 4.7 4.2 4.8 educational expenditures in the federal budget expenditures, as%

Proportion of 2.3 2.4 2.2 2.3 2.8 3.2 3.6 3.3 3.8

www.ijmer.in 40 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

expenditures on the university education in the federal budget expenditures, as%

Source: Russian economy in 2008: 351

This table above illustrates that federal budget expenditures on education from 2000 to 2008.It was Rb. 38.1 bn in 2000 and in 2009 it was raised to Rb. 336.1 bn. Similarly the federal budget expenditures on the university education was increased from Rb. 22.5 bn in 2000 to Rb. 263.2 bn in 2008. In case of the federal budget expenditures on education, as% of GDP, The federal budget expenditures on the university education, as% of GDP, Proportion of educational expenditures in the federal budget expenditures, as%, and Proportion of expenditures on the university education in the federal budget expenditures, as% marked rising in budget which reflects the increasing standard of education during the period of President Putin.

Table: 3 The Dynamic of Budgetary Expenditures on the General Education (Schooling) per 1 Student in 2000–2007

2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007

Expenditur 107931 143972.8 215261.2 236600 298100 35608 47590 39875 es, as Rb.m 4.7 0 0.6

Number of 20073. 19429.1 18439.7 17322. 16168 15185 14362 13670. students, 8 9 .1 .3 1 Thos.

www.ijmer.in 41 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Expenditur 5377 7410 11673 13658 18438 23450 33135 40851. es per 1 98 student (Rb.)

Increment 37.8% 57.5% 17% 35% 27.2% 41.3% 23.3% in costs per 1 student vis-à-vis the prior year

Source: Russian economy in 2008:351

The above table marks the increasing expenditure on general education per one student rose from 107931 in 2000 to 475900 in 2006. Expenditures per one student was 5377 ruble in year 2000, and increased to 40851.98 Rb in 2007. The increment in cost per one student vis-à-vis the prior year was increased from 37.8 percent in 2001 to 41.3 percent in 2006 (Figure: 3). Figure:3 The Dynamic of Budgetary Expenditures on the General Education (Schooling) per 1 Student in 2000–2007

35,000 32,988.60

30,000

26,781

25,000

21,620 GDP (billion rubles) 20,000

17,048 Total number of unemployed

15,000 Average monthly charged wage of one employee 13,243 13,518 (rubles) Units in rubbles

10,831 10,634

10,000 8,944 8,555 7,306 6,740 5,499 4,823 5,000 4,360 3,240 2,223 1,523 9.4 7.6 6.4 5.8 6.2 6 5.6 5.3 4.6 0 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 Year Sources: Prepared on the basis of Table:3

www.ijmer.in 42 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

The volume of paid services in educational system in 2000-2008 continued to increase during Putin’s period.

Table: 4 Volume of paid services in the Educational System in 2000-2008

200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Volume of paid services 118. 189. 231. 281. in the 41.5 56 72.9 95.4 147 7 6 7 0 education al system, as Rb. bn.

As % to 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.8 GDP

Source: Russian economy in 2008: 350

From the table above it is clear that the volume of paid services in the educational systems in 2000 was Rb. 41.5 bn. but increased to Rb. 281.0 bn in 2008. The percentage of GDP was 0.6 percent in 2000 and 0.7 percent in 2003, 2004,2005,2006, and in 2007 and increased to 0.8 percent in 2008 (Figure: 4).

www.ijmer.in 43 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Figure: 4 Percentage of GDP Paid in the Educational institution as Rb. bn

0.8 0.6 0.6 0.7

0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7

2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 Source: Prepared on the basis of Table: 4

Table: 5 The Higher Educational Institutions

2008 As% of 2007 For reference

As % of 2006 2007

The public and municipal institutions of the higher professional education The number of educational 660 100.3 658 99.7 institutions, units The number of students, Thos. 6214,8 100.1 6208,4 101.2 Admission, Thos. 1362,7 98.5 1384,0 100.5 Graduations, Thos. 1125,3 101.5 1108,9 105.0 Non-public institutions of higher professional

www.ijmer.in 44 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

education The number of educational 474 105.3 450 104.7 institutions, units The number of students, Thos. 1298,3 103.6 1252,9 106.5 Admission, Thos. 279,0 93.7 297,6 105.9 Graduation, Thos. 233,2 102.9 226,6 113.8 Source: Russian economy in 2008:347

“The number of students had been on the rise both in public and municipal, and nonpublic universities. It has accounted for 7.51 million. In the public sector it grew just by 6.400 (0.1 percent), while in the non- public one – by 45.400 (3.6 percent)”. The overall 2008 admission in universities accounted for 1,641.700 persons, thus being down at 39,900 vs. the 2007 figure. Admission in the public and municipal universities plummeted at 21.300 (1.5 percent), mostly at the expense of full-time students (their number plunged by 47,700 or at 6.7percent)” (Russian economy in 2008: 347).

Free, compulsory education was provided by Soviet Union to every child. But after the disintegration of USSR the new state Russia emerged and followed the compulsory education system but was not in a good standard. In 1990s, the cost of higher education increased. So the common people were not in a position to achieve this. Even private school emerged in new Russia. Lack of employment opportunities also complicated the educational standard of Russia.

Commercialization and privatization in higher education due to increase demand of higher education during Yeltsin period was restricted when Putin came to power. Now license is necessary from Ministry of Higher Education to open private educational institution.

www.ijmer.in 45 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Figure: 5 Dynamics of Student-Teacher Ratio In The Russian Federation In Pre-School Education (PERSONS, 1992–2010)

Source: Nikolaev and Chugunov 2012: 9

The teacher student ratio is an important yardstick to measure the standard of education. In Russia the teacher student ratio was 8.0 in 1992. But after President Putin came to power it raised from 7.0 in 2000 to 8.9 in 2010 (Nikolaev and Chugunov 2012: 9).

“During the period of President Putin, the Russian Ministry of Education’s action framework for 2002-2004 provided “for more accessible pre-school education; a guaranteed system of government- paid educational services to the pre-school institutions; support and development of their material basis at the expense of the founders; and financing of child maintenance on parents’ account, with a

www.ijmer.in 46 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

simultaneous targeted support for low-income families. Russia is ready to live up to the responsibility of providing everyone with the right to obtain high-quality education at school” ” (Isakov 2003).

The enrollment of students has increased both in public, and municipal, and non-public universities (Russian economy in 2008: 347). Apart from this various universities and commercial or fee paying institutions are emerged during President Putin’s period. More than seven million students appeared during the end of Putin’s period (in 2008) (Krans 2008: 24-25).

Several elite business schools, mega universities, federal universities were planned to open. They are Moscow State University, St. Petersburg State University, Southern Federal University (created by merging Rostov State University with two other universities and an academy), and Siberian Federal University (created from a merger of Krasnoyarsk State University and three other institutions). Several news initiatives were planned such as “A new breed of business schools offering internationally credited MBAs are also being formed to help increase Russia's competitiveness in the international economy. The Skolkovo Moscow School of Management is scheduled to open in 2009, a noncommercial partnership between the government and several businessmen and corporations. St. Petersburg State University has linked three business programs to create a redesigned Graduate School of Management”.1 These reforms and new schools were subjected to finance by the “National Project” to increase educational standards in Russia during President Putin period.

The government of Putin is continuously implementing different measures and reforms in order to increase the standard of education. The reform of 2001 started to “a shift to 12 years schooling system; this would allow pupils to specialize before going to higher education”.

www.ijmer.in 47 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Various plans were announced by the government for a standard school leaving exam by which students would entered in universities. Such reforms were conducted for making higher education egalitarian and corruption free (Bacon and Wyman 2006: 67).

President Putin launched Priority National Project Education on September 5, 2005. This project proposed the increase salaries of teachers, lectures. For the benefit of bright students “5,000 merit-based individual grants worth 60,000 rubles (over $2,000)” was proposed. Attempts were taken to improve the standard of higher education during this period such as thirty Russian higher education institutions were paid 500 million rubles each ($18.9 million), and 600 secondary schools were given 1 million rubles ($37,700) for 2006 to 2007.2 Comprehensive regional education modernization program was launched through the Priority National Project on Education (PNPO), in Russia (Russian economy in 2008: 356).

Conclusion

The new Russia experienced lower status in educational standard due to disintegration of Soviet Union. President Putin tried hard to increase its standard. The salary of teachers increased. The funding in education increased, various reforms and measures and declarations have been signed by Russia to modernize its educational system. A part from this, the percentage of enrollment increased in comparison to President Yeltsin’s period in new Russia. All these symbolize the initiatives taken by President Putin to improve the standard of educational system of the country which is in the processes socio- economic reconstruction.

Reference

1. (2009) “Russian Economy in 2008”, Institute for the Economy in Transition, Trends and outlooks, (Issue 30) Moscow.

www.ijmer.in 48 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

2. Bacon, Edwin and Wyman, Matthew (2006), Contemporary Russia, London; Palgrave Macmillan.

3. Balzer, Harley (2002), Human capital and Russian Security in the Twenty-first Century, in Andrew C. kuchins (ed), Russia after the Fall United States of America, Carnegie Endowment For International Peace.

4. Chowdhury, Abdur and Verbina, Inna (2003) “ Reforming Russia’s Education System” Transition,The Newsletter About Reforming Economies, The World Bank, #15 - JRL 7171, Johnson’s Russia list, [Online: web] Accessed 5 August 2012, http://russialist.com/7171- 15.php.

5. Isakov, Yuriy N. (2003) “Russia’s revised national education policy reflects ICPD international education agenda”, [Online: web]Accessed 15 August 2012, http://www.thefree library.com/R ussia 's+revised+national+education+policy+reflects+ICPD...- a0105657554.

6. Krans, Maxim, (2008), “Higher Education: Time for Change”, New theme on Russian – Indian Affairs, 24-25.

7. Nikolaev, Denis and Chugunov, Dmitry (2012) “The Education System in the Russian Federation, Education Brief 2012” A world Bank Study, © 2012 International Bank for Reconstruction and Development / International Development Association or The World Bank, 1818 H Street NW, Washington DC 20433, [Online: web]Accessed 23 August 2012, http://www-wds.worldbank.org/ext ernal/defa ult/WD SContentServer/WDSP/IB/2012 /04/05/00033 3037_20120405 005449/R ende red/PDF/67864 0PUB0EP I0067 902 B09780821395141.pdf.

www.ijmer.in 49 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

8. Staff, WES, (December 2005), Education in the Russian Federation, [Online: web] Accessed 6 August 2012, http://www .wes .org /ewenr/05dec/practical.htm.

Endnotes

1 (2007) Russia to Reform Higher Education, The School of Russian and Asian Studies, 09.04.2007, [Online: web] Accessed 7 September 2012, http://ww w.sras .org/news2.php?m=934. 2 Pryde, Ian, “Russia’s National Projects: A first, short step?” The Washington Post, International Spotlight: Trendline Russia, [Online: web] Accessed 2 August 2012, http://www. Washingt onpost.com/wpadv/specialsale/spotlight2006/articles_v6/projects.h tml.

www.ijmer.in 50 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

‘IMMIGRATION’ TO ‘IN-MIGRATION’ – A THEMATIC TRANSFORMATION OF BHARATI MUKHERJEE IN HER NOVELS

Singuru Mohan Kumar Associate Professor Dept. of English and Humanities MVGR College of Engineering Vizianagaram (A.P)

The writers of the Indian diaspora share a common diasporic sensibility on certain common themes like the sense of uprooting and exile, issues of identity and alienation. As Immanuel Nelson says there are certain common resonances in the literary representations of the Indian Diasporic experience in places as varied as Trinidad, Fiji, the United States, Singapore, Uganda, Canada, Britain, and South Africa:

A complex system of historical ties, cultural bonds, spiritual affinities and unifying racial memories generates a shared diasporic sensibility. There are common thematic concerns too; issues of identity, problems of history, confrontation with racism, intergenerational conflicts, difficulties in building new supportive communities1 When the former colonies of the British Empire, the Third World countries gained independence, the process of decolonization started. The term postcolonial has since gained ground to refer to the processes and moments following political decolonization"2. Colonialism fosters dualistic thinking, as Peggy Ochoa points out:

Moving into that space may require more effort than accepting the formulations inherited from colonialism, but not to move into such space is to condemn postcolonial writing to a reiteration of the paradigms of a colonial system whose 'moment of hegemony' has passed3

www.ijmer.in 51 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Women writers of Postcolonial times have boldly stepped into this space to create new possibilities. Their works have challenged traditional thinking with regard to women's place in society. They opposed women's marginalization, gave voice to the 'silenced' and inscribed new roles to their women characters. As Ketu Katrak remarks:

..their texts deal with and often challenge their dual oppression -patriarchy that preceded and continues after colonialism and that inscribes the concepts of womanhood, motherhood and traditions such as dowry, bride-price, polygamy etc4. Women writers deal with the burdens of female roles in urban environments such as the rise of prostitution in cities, women's marginalization in actual political participation. Hence women writers are presenting a new kind of content in their writings - issues which challenge patriarchy and capitalism - and new forms that can carry the weight of these concerns.

Bharati Mukherjee belongs to the group of writers from the postcolonial Indian Diaspora. Her works reflect the Diasporic experience. Brought up and educated in postcolonial India, Mukherjee has imbibed the postcolonial ethos.

Bharati Mukherjee was born to wealthy parents, Sudhir Lai and Bina Mukherjee in Calcutta, India. She learned how to read and write by the age of three. In 1947, she moved to Britain with her family at the age of eight and lived in Europe for about three and a half years. By the age of ten, Mukherjee knew that she wanted to become a writer, and had written numerous short stories.

After getting her B.A. from the University of Calcutta in 1959 and her M.A. in English and Ancient Indian culture from the University of Baroda in 1961, Bharati Mukherjee came to the United States of America. Having been awarded a scholarship from the

www.ijmer.in 52 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

University of Iowa she obtained her M.F.A. in creative writing in 1963 and her Ph.D. in English and comparative literature in 1969. While studying at the University of Iowa, she met Clark Blaise, a Canadian student from Harvard and subsequently married him on September 19, 1963.

In 1966 the couple moved to Montreal, where Mukherjee taught English at Mc Gill University. Three years later they moved to Toronto with their two small children where Mukherjee, now a Canadian citizen, began to work on her first novel The Tiger's Daughter. It was published in 1972. It is loosely an autobiographical story of an East Indian immigrant who is unable to adjust to North American Culture, but who at the same time is painfully aware of the fact that she will never again belong to the culture she had left behind nor can she imbibe the new culture.

In 1975 she authored another novel entitled Wife depicting the frustration of an Indian wife who dreams of liberation at least in the US from the daily chores of domestic work in the capacity of an Indian wife who is expected to be obedient and subservient without any freedom. When she finds it difficult to cope with the new environment and culture and because of alienation and isolation she resorts to killing her husband.

Flowers in Indian context have a deep meaning attached to them. Bharati Mukherjee christened her next novel Jasmine (1985) where the protagonist Jasmine faces her adverse fate with undaunted courage and creates her own destiny. Unlike the other protagonists, Jasmine of Bharati Mukherjee is endowed with caliber, grit and a strong desire to 're-position the stars'. Just like the flower Jasmine, she also spreads fragrance wherever she is.

In The Holder of the World (1993) Bharati Mukherjee exhibits a rare gift of fictionalizing history. The novel presents an

www.ijmer.in 53 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

unlikely and intriguing confluence of two worlds-the Puritan 17th and early 18th century American world, trying to come to terms with the Mughal view of Indian life. The title is the literal translation of Alamghir, the name for the Mughal emperor, Aurangazeb.

Her next novel Leave It to Me (1997) deals with post-hippie America. The protagonist Devi, an Indian orphan, is adopted by a New York family of Italian origin. She is intent on tracing her roots as she faces an identity crisis in the new world. So, she sets out for her biological parents and realises that her parents are filthy human-beings looking after their carnal pleasures. As an incarnation of Devi, the goddess, she kills her father who was a notorious killer. She is the destroyer of evil and dispenser of justice. The novel reveals the scars of the Beat generation, whose legacy to its survivors is very bitter and traumatic.

The first of Bharati Mukherjee's planned trilogy, Desirable Daughters (2002) is the story of three Calcutta-born sisters as they come of age in a changing world. It depicts the confrontation of the old world values with the new one. The protagonists Tara, Padma and Parvathi are born into an affluent Brahmin family presided over by their loving father and orthodox grandmother. The girls are intelligent and artistic but they are constrained by a society that has no regard for women. They rebel against the taboos of their society and it subsequently leads them to different directions and to different continents. Their mettle is strained by difficult circumstances but ultimately their relationship is strengthened. Through the ancestors of the three sisters, Bharati Mukherjee weaves fascinating stories and gives a graphic description of

their childhood memories coupled with dramatic scenes from India's history.

www.ijmer.in 54 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

The second novel in the trilogy, The Tree Bride (2004) continues the life of Tara Chatterjee after firebombing her home. This is the story of Tara, a naturalised citizen of America, a good wife, mother of a child living in a gated community with a successful husband and personal happiness. In spite of all these, after eight years of her marriage, she feels that she is a privileged prisoner inside the gated community. She asks herself 'What do I want out of life?' Mukherjee narrates the story of the tree bride by looking at the 'roots'. Most of the story involves understanding the encounter with the alien i.e. the British. It also involves the usual obsession with free will and what that means individually, and how do people balance the tension between two very different worlds.

In her autobiographical work, Days and Nights in Calcutta, Mukherjee talks about her own position as a writer. At that time she was living in Canada. She says:

I am a late-blooming colonial who writes in borrowed language (English), lives permanently in an alien country (Canada), and publishes in and is read, when read at all, in another alien country the United States. My Indianness is fragile; it has to be professed and fought for, even though I look so unmistakably Indian. Language transforms our ways of apprehending the world; I fear that my decade's long use of English as a first language has cut me off from my desh5. During her stay in Canada from 1966 to 1980 Mukherjee felt she was an expatriate as life in Canada - fourteen years of it - tested her spirit to the breaking point. Her essay 'Invisible

Woman' is a blistering reflection of those years. The Canadian experience made her feel bitter. She was made to feel she was a visible minority and she felt she was discriminated against as a writer too. She felt that in order to be a woman writer in North America, to be a Third

www.ijmer.in 55 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

World woman writer in North America, is to confine oneself to a narrow, airless, tightly roofed arena.

She was anxious and querulous, convinced that every aspect of the writing profession-finding an authentic voice, an audience, a publisher, knowledgeable reviewers-weigh heavily against her because of her visibility as a stereo-type. In an interview Mukherjee talks about her aim as a writer. She says:

We immigrants have fascinating tales correlate. Many of us have lived in newly independent or emerging countries. When we uproot ourselves from these countries and come here, either by choice or out of necessity, we suddenly must absorb 200 years of American society. I attempt to illustrate this in my novels and stories. My aim is to expose Americans to the energetic voices of new settlers in this country6 Writers of the Indian diaspora like V.S. Naipaul, Salman Rushdie, Ruth Prawer Jhabwala, Kamala Markandaya, Vikram Seth, to mention a few, have enriched world literature with their works and have won worldwide acclaim. According to Hena Ahmad "the writers of the diaspora are the products of a dual cultural background, native and the western, and bring a wide and rich range of experiences to their literary output"7.

Bharati Mukherjee also belongs to this group. Her collection of short stories The Middleman and Other Stories won America's 'NationalBook Critics' Circle Award.

The expatriates from the Third World, unlike their Western counterparts, carry their ethnic roots with them but these grow fainter with every passing year, intensifying their sense of nostalgia. For the Third World writers the migrant experience of homelessness has been inspired by deep personal anguish and is compounded by rejection in

www.ijmer.in 56 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

the host countries on the basis of colour as Kamala Markandaya's Nowhere Man aptly illustrates this.

The women writers of the Indian diaspora in America and Britain share the common themes of the issues of identity, cultural conflict, rootlessness, existential dilemma and alienation with their male counterparts. In addition, they have to grapple with the problem of gender bias. As Brinda Bose has pointed out, "Ethnic women in America and Britain are twice marginalized by virtue of their race and by virtue of their gender"8

Hence the issues of hyphenated identity and gender roles find a prominent place in the works of the women writers of the diaspora. Nila Das elaborates on this. She says that the

Asian Americans have a feeling that America does not yet see beyond the colour of their skin. America does not treat them as Americans but as hyphenated Americans. They are subjected to racial discrimination and are not accepted as part of the mainstream socio- cultural fabric.

The problem of hyphenation has been a major concern of the postcolonial Asian American writers. Women writers have displayed a special interest in this issue. The reason for this can be that Asian American women had to bear the brunt of hyphenation in their personal, family, social and cultural life in much larger proportions than did their male counterparts. While in the popular American image, the Asian American men were projected as asexual and were ignored or kept at a distance, the women came close to the mainstream life-style and culture faster. Increasingly the women opted for inter- racial marriages. For many of them this only made their problem of hyphenation multidimensional.

Responding to the marginalization of women based on their gender and ethnicity, women writers of the Indian diaspora take a feministic perspective in their works. Writers like Bharati

www.ijmer.in 57 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Mukherjee, Ruth Prawer Jhabwala, Kamala Markandaya and Anita Desai focus on women-based issues and champion the cause of women's right and empowerment. In their works they foreground the problems faced by immigrant women in alien surroundings.

As a philosophy of life feminism opposes women's subordination to men in the family and society offering a frontal challenge to patriarchal thought, social organization and control mechanisms. Women writers of the Indian diaspora educated in postcolonial India and abroad have imbibed this philosophy. Their works portray educated women of postcolonial India desiring emancipation from the traditional gender roles. Dimple, the protagonist of Bharati Mukherjee's Wife, and Maya of Anita Desai's Cry the Peacock express their frustration at the constraints of the Indian wives.

In the early stages of her career, while her mindset was still that of an expatriate, Mukherjee looked upon Naipaul as her literary model. For her, an accidental immigrant, the brave and appropriate model is V.S. Naipaul. She detected a pale and immature reflection of Naipaul in herself as it is he who has written most movingly about the pain and absurdity of art and exile.

Bharati Mukherjee's novels are complex explorations without any of the protective, distancing cynicism of Naipaul as he showed that it was possible to create in fictional world about one's village far from the colonial metropolitan centre, that the chaos of a once colonized people was a worthy subject for fiction.

The shifting of the Blaises to America brought about a change in Bharati Mukherjee, the writer. It was a movement away from the aloofness of expatriation to the exuberance of immigration. In her introduction to Darkness, Mukherjee talks about this transformation:

The transformation as writer and as resident of the new world occurred with the act of immigration to the United

www.ijmer.in 58 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

States. Suddenly I was no longer aggrieved, except as a habit of mind. I had moved from being a 'visible minority' against where the nation had officially incited its less visible citizens to react, to being just another immigrant9. For her it is possible with sharp ears and right equipment to hear America singing even in the seams of the dominant culture. In fact, it may be the best listening post for the next generation of Whitman’s. It is moving away from the aloofness of expatriation to the exuberance of immigration. She feels that she has ceased to see her Indianness as a fragile identity to be preserved against obliteration or a visible disfigurement to be hidden. She sees it as a set of fluid identities to be celebrated. She asserts that America offers the opportunity to dream big and pull it off, actions that are not possible in a traditional society.

The moving away from expatriate sensibility also involves changing role models for Mukherjee. Now she rejects Naipaul as a role model and chooses Bernard Malamud instead. Malamud was Blaise's teacher at Harvard and the former was a second father to Blaise and herself since he was a man of great moral force and he showered his life on them sometimes in practical ways and at other times as a role model.

While in Canada her aim was to find a voice that would represent the life she knew in a manner true to her aesthetic sense. She felt that she was of the first generation of Indian writers to be influenced by American life and fictions, to have been exposed in her impressionable years to writers such as Djuana Barnes, Flannery O'Cohnnor, John Hawkes, John Cheever, John Updike, William Gass and Thomas Pynchon. Her aestheticism was to accommodate a decidedly Hindu imagination with an Americanized sense of the craft of fiction.

www.ijmer.in 59 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Mukherjee felt that America accepts diversity and the "melting pot' helps new comers feel more welcome. She wanted to be recognized as a mainstream American writer as she saw herself as an American writer in the tradition of other American writers whose parents or grandparents had passed through Ellis Island.

America built confidence in Bharati Mukherjee. There she evolved from an insecure expatriate to a confident storyteller. Mukherjee's evolution as an artist - from an insecure young

Indian expatriate seeking in Naipaul a model for emulation to a confident story teller who has now enthusiastically redefined herself as an American artist to the immigrant tradition of writers such as Henry Roth, Isaac Basheyis Singer and Bernard Malamud make an interesting study.

It is not that Mukherjee was unaware of the violence that pervades American society. This violence too is portrayed in her novels. She is aware of the brutalities and violence in America, but in the long run her characters are survivors; they've been helped by good strong people of conviction. By saying American she means an intensity of spirit and a quality of desire she feels American in a very fundamental way, whether Americans see her that way or not

Mukherjee is different from the other writers of the diaspora in that, for her immigration and assimilation are positive acts. She feels that the loss of the old culture is exciting, exhilarating, and is a plus rather than a minus. That she would have inherited extraordinary wealth and comfort if she had stayed on in India made her realize that she had the opportunity to live it up, to assume a new identity.

This concept that the 'loss of old culture is exhilarating' is the foreground in the novel Jasmine where the protagonist takes on new identities with ease but does not express any regret at losing connection with her old culture. While Mukherjee's earlier work centered on

www.ijmer.in 60 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

expatriation and dislocation-Tara of The Tiger’s Daughter belongs to this phase-the later fiction extends its scope exploring a variety of Asian American encounters, and chronicling not merely the incomers' adaptation of her stories, but also American's transformation by its immigrants.

Her characters reflect her own circumstances and personal concerns. Her growth in self-confidence and her slowly developing identity as an American can be traced through her fiction. There is an adroit adaptation of the American vernacular in her fiction. Her characters have urgent, riveting voices; they speak in the contemporary idioms as immigrants handle it, each richly reflecting the cadences of their regional language on which they have grafted a new, distinctively regional Americanism.

Mukherjee credits her flawless vernacular to a very good ear and to the fact of her being married to an American writer who opened up for her an America that is normally closed to immigrants. Her compact and fluid style is similarly a matter of gradual evolution. She has lived through so many worlds and has been put in so many odd, momentous situations, accidentally, that all those worlds somehow creep into a single sentence. Hers is not minimalism, which strips away, but compressing which reflects many layers of meaning.

As has been noted, many factors helped in the evolution of Mukherjee as an artist-her privileged background and education, marriage to an American citizen, help by other artists like Bernard Malamud, and not the least her own resolute self. All these helped her gain a foothold in the American literary world. Mukherjee's fictional works are illustrations of her attitude to immigration, her view that immigration is a positive and creative act, not an act of loss and alienation but one of transformation and metamorphosis. It enables her characters to invent new selves. As Prof. T. Padma observes:

www.ijmer.in 61 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

the most prominent aspect of Bharati Mukherjee's handling of diaspora, is use of women as here in the only way modern life and hence modern literature will allow anyone to be a hero, not as a conqueror of fate but as a contender for full rights over achieving a self-forged fulfilling identity10. As one moves in a chronological order, the woman protagonist is seen evolving and assuming different identities, from an amicable and vulnerable daughter to a protesting fighter for her rights and justice. Search for identity, fulfillment on the part of the protagonist and the journey of the discovery of the .self through a series of cross-cultural situations constitute the theme of the various novels of Bharati Mukherjee.

In fact Bharati Mukherjee’s all novels deal with the changed psyche of the behaviors of the protagonists, but the last novel of trilogy Miss New India (2011) takes a different turn while portraying the protagonist Anjali Bose. It is about the conflict within her own country – India - which can be labeled as ‘performing America’ – which is witnessing the effects of western cultural confrontations of highly sophisticated life style both in rural and urban India. With this Bharati Mukherjee has made an attempt that she has not made her corpus in immigrant sensibility and cross-cultural crisis in American or Canadian context only but of Indian context too. In an interview with Natasha Lavigilante Bharati Mukherjee says about Miss New India as:

Miss New India is a novel about change. If “American” is a metaphor for belief in the primacy of individual freedom and acceptance of personal accountability, then only in that loose, metaphorical sense it is an “American” novel. For me “America” is an idea, not to be confused with “the United States”, which is a political entity, a nation-state. In Miss New India, the young Indian call center employees perform an American identity during their work hours, and then, in

www.ijmer.in 62 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

their off hours, they discover and act out their individual concepts of self-identity in a rapidly changing India. They are role-playing “an American” without giving up being “Indian” But they are reconstructing “Indian” in a contemporary India that is very different from that of their parents and grandparents. That’s what intrigued me as a novelist. All her protagonists from Tiger’s Daughter to Tree Bride deal with assimilation of alien cultures in alien lands but Miss New India is solely set within India the protagonist conflicting with western cultural influences i.e., the consequences of ‘in-migration’. With this novel she has created new orientation of identity dealing with the amalgamation of the conservative ideology of patriarchal system and the desirous western cultural life style being witnessed in developing India as she herself named it ‘performing America’. By touching the issues like international terrorism, rape, arranged marriage system, teenage runaway, gay life in India, prostitution, art of theft, suicide, role of outsourcing of Indian economy, homelessness, call center life, immigration within India and assimilation in neo-Indian culture, changing Indian employee timings, she has shown great transformation of her creative thought since her Tiger’s Daughter to Miss New India, from ‘immigration’ to ‘in-migration’, as thematic and conceptual progression and as a writer her transformation during her journey of four decades of writing.

References:

1. Emmanuel S. Nelson. "Introduction". Reworlding: The Literature of the Indian Diaspora, ed., Emmanuel S. Nelson. Westport, Conn: Greenwood Press, 1992. pXV.

2. Debjani Banerje. "The Presence of History: The Representation of Past and Present India's in Bharati Mukherjee's Fiction". Bharati

www.ijmer.in 63 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Mukherjee : Critical Perspective. Ed.Emmanuel S.Nelson. New York: Gurland Publishing, 1993, p 161 .

3. Peggy Ochhoa. "The Historical Moments of Post-Colonial Writing: beyond Colonialism's Binary." Tulsa Studies in Women's Literature Vol. 15, No.2, 1996, p2.

4. Ketu H Katrak. "Decolonizing Culture: Toward a Theory of Post- Colonial Women's Texts". Modern Fiction Studies Vol. 35, 1989 p 173.

5. Bharati Mukherjee. Days and Nights in Calcutta. New York: Doubleday, 1977, 170.

6. Bharati Mukherjee, Quoted by Prasannasree Satupati "Psychotic Violence of Dimple in Bharati Mukherjee's Wife". Indian Women Novelists. Ed. R.K. Dhawan. Vol. 3. New

Delhi: Prestige Publications, 1992, p i 11 .

7. Hena Ahmad. "Kamala Markandaya and the Indian Immigrant Experience in Britain”. Reworlding: The Literature of the Indian Diaspora. ed., Emmanuel S. Nelson. Westport, Conn: Greenwood Press, 1992, pi42.

8. Brinda Bose. "A Question of Identity: Where Gender, Race, and America Meet Bharati Mukherjee". Bharati Mukherjee: Critical Perspectives, p47.

9. Bharati Mukherjee, Introduction. Darknes. New Delhi: Penguin Books India, 1990, p2.

10. T. Padma. Issues and Images: Studies in Indian English Studies. VisakhapatnauVagdevi Publishers, 1993, p 139.

www.ijmer.in 64 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

CONTRIBUTION OF DALIT WOMEN TO THE TELANGANA ARMED STRUGGLE Sunitha Pandi Ph.D. Research Scholar Department of History Osmania University Hyderabad,Telangana Abstract:

Contribution of Dalit women in the rise of Telangana armed struggle is historical and social relevant. This article is traced out Dalit women and her contribution in questioning the well established socio-religious- cultural and economic aspects of everyday life in Telangana.

Key Words: Dalit women, Armed Struggles, Telangana

Introduction:

Telangana armed struggle or equipped battle was essentially against the ancient and medieval practices of feudalism. Ancient and medieval abuse was organized around accumulating of wealth and different prejudicial socio, religious and economic works on identifying with dalits in general and dalit women in particular. Forty percent of the region of the whole Telangana region went under the jagirs, samsthanams and sarf-e-khas. The staying sixty percent of the domain was straightforwardly under the organization of the state government and ryotwari system or framework worked here, wherein the mediators assumed an essential part in gathering tremendous area by income taxes on various fields. They amassed huge extends of area and got to be proprietors. For example, the Pratap Reddy family had around 2, 75,000 acres of land of area.1

1 Stree Shakti Sanghatana. We were Making History: Life Stories of Women in the Telangana People's Struggle, Kali for Women, New Delhi, 1989, pp.3-9

www.ijmer.in 65 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Participation of Dalit Women During Telangana Armed Struggle:

In light of such finish centralization of proprietor ship of Telangana area, the greater part of landless populace was subjected to different dehumanizing rehearses. One of them being Untouchability or antaranitanam or vetti, which implied free administrations, must be rendered to the proprietor by the general population of different standings leather workers, metal forgers, craftsmen and so on. The vast majority of the agrarian workers on whom vetti commitments fell were from the lower and untouchable standings of Madigas and Malas.

Bhagela System and Adi Bapa System:

So also, the tribals were abused under the bhagela system. The bhagela serfs were standard retainers attached to their lords by obligation. Not able to reimburse their obligations, they kept on filling in as residential or humble workers, era after generation2. The conditions influencing women were doubly harsh. They were not just influenced by the monetary persecution of the proprietor and the moneylender additionally misused physically and sexually. Assault was a regular reality. Aside from this Adi bapa or concubinage was predominant. Adi bapa was a type of concubinage impossible to practice in Telangana where a young female more often than not from a fortified family needed to go with the female of the hour to her better half's home to tend her paramour, and to give sexual administrations to the master3.

2 Ibid, pp.4-8 3 Vasantha Kannabiran and K.Lalitha, 'That Magic Time: Women in the Telangana People's Struggle', in K.Sanghari, et.al (ed), Recasting Women, Kali for Women, New Delhi, 1989, p.181

www.ijmer.in 66 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Various Cultural Organizations:

The way of mistreatment of privileged and standing women was subjectively diverse. Purdah, kid or child marriage and early widowhood were a portion of the dehumanizing rehearses of religious practices. Be that as it may they didn't assume a dynamic part in the Telangana individuals' development. There was a movement in the political circumstance of the Hyderabad state with the declaration of social rights by the Telugu individuals with the foundation of Andhra Jana Sangham in 1921. Before long the Andhra Jana Sangham changed over itself into the Andhra Maha Sabha which was to be the point of convergence of the social and social as well as of political movement4. AMS was at first an array of individuals with various perspectives however step by step it came nearer to Andhra Communist Party. Under the administration of the communists the AMS expected the character of a mass association. By November 1946 the choice for equipped resistarice was taken and town safeguard squads were framed.

Struggles against Land Lords in Telangana:

Battle against the proprietors of land lords/feudal of different locale was heightened. This equipped development acquired some radical changes the generally inflexible and abusive primitive structure of the Telangana locale. This is the place the issue of connection amongst women and socialist development turns out to be to a great degree critical. It impacted the legislative issues inside socialist development as well as had bigger consequences in sowing seeds for the rise of self- ruling women' gatherings in Telangana. Any conceptualization on self- rule and solidarity between women development and the left development needs to, definitely, start here. Incomprehensibly, the issues brought by women up in this armed struggle turned into the

4 Stree Shakti Sanghatana, 1989, op.cit, pp.7-18

www.ijmer.in 67 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

motivation for both women in the present day furnished battles furthermore the self-governing women' gatherings.

Voice of Dalit Women against Land Lords During Telangana Armed Struggles:

Specificity of dalit women's struggle, both as a major aspect of a growing dalit development and independent of urban women's activists, got exemplified in the post hostile to arrack development stage in Telangana. In 1964, dalit women of the Karimnagar town in Telangana area pursued a huge area battle for identity, mirroring the extended cognizance after their investment in the counter arrack development. Dalit essayists have contended that as a component of against arrack development they discovered that every one of their requests were incomplete and not substantive in the eyes of dominant castes such as Velama, Reddy and Kamma. Neither might they be able to forbid alcohol nor could take care of their issue of poor living conditions which are enforced by Hindu dominant castes over a period of time.5

Dalit Women’s Struggle in Karimnagar and Mahbubnagar:

It is from here, the dalit women of Karimnagar or Mahbubnagar regions, who were dynamic in the counter arrack on so-called development, chose to wage an area battle and that too under their own particular leadership43. In 1994, 60 dalit women framed Dalit Women's Association and chose to involve the infertile area at the edges of the town, having a place with the legislature however utilized as a field for eating the cows of the landowner. This obviously prompted a showdown with the landowners and their goons, who at long last assaulted and constrained dalit men and women to escape to . Indeed, even in the post land battle stage at the camps set up, dalit women were dynamic and in administration positions, dissimilar to the past

5 Stree Shakti Sanghatana, 1989 op.cit, pp.256-287

www.ijmer.in 68 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

camps set up after the Karamchedu what's more, Chundur slaughters in Andhra region.

Marxist and Leninist Groups:

Madduru land battle impacted both the Marxist Leninist and the independent women' development in Telangana monstrously. Marxist Leninist gatherings, for example, Janashakti shaped mass associations for example, DAFODAM, where they perceived dalits and minorities as critical subjects of New Democratic Revolution. They likewise sorted out a universal Communist progressives meet in walk 1995 and contended that Indian upheaval ought to arrange with position, class and sexual orientation together as first Marxist Leninisty related battles. Madduru land battle likewise showed that to unite every single social development for exhaustive social change lawful protected strategies for battle must be adjusted to militant armed battles outside the domain of law6

Against Feminist Discourse:

Feminists additionally acknowledge that position and women' inquiry are a great deal all the more first Marxist Leninist intermeshed. Masculinity of the standing is characterized by control over women of that station and subsequently to mortify women of different positions is to scrutinize the masculinity of that rank and check them as weak. It is along these lines that much of the time, as a feature of position scorn, dalit women are regularly sexually attacked and paraded exposed in the lanes7 .

6 Vasantha Kannabiran, 1989 op.cit. p.l89. 7 K.Lalitha, 'Women in Revolt: A Historical Analysis of the Progressive Organisation of Women in Andhra Pradesh' in S. Wieringa ( ed) Women's Struggle and Strategies, Institute of Social Studies, The Hague, 1988,p.8

www.ijmer.in 69 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Dalit Women Discourse:

Consequently, dalit women's development as an inside development inside the independent women' development brought into help three germane political procedures. Firstly, they requested independence from the urban dominant caste women's activist development and along these lines exhibited that self-rule and solidarity can exist together. Besides, they conveyed to the fore those issues, for example, least wages, land changes, regular property assets, and so on, that were being requested and battled for by the Marxist Leninist development and set up a shared trait between the outside and inside developments. Thirdly it was a development that was strikingly inward to both the dalit women and the dalit development, and in this way bringing them nearer44. As it were, developments now went up against an incorporated material life, with no counterfeit discontinuities between them.

During the Period of 1970’s:

By mid 1970's the vote based awareness for independence spread over the social developments. Not just were dalit women looking for self- governance from both the urban dominant caste women's activist development furthermore the dalit development, yet different mass associations of Marxist Leninistaggregates additionally raised the issue of independence of these associations versus the Party. Common freedoms and vote based rights associations, social fronts, and so on, were all requesting more self-rule in choosing the plan of their battle. A portion of the human rights activists endeavored elective theorization - outside Marxism-to represent clashing interests between different social gatherings. Be that as it may, as per women's activists these activists, in spite of the fact that have brought up significant issues, have totally wrecked the recorded setting, given by the self-governing women' development, as a component of which they were raising these

www.ijmer.in 70 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

inquiries. Actually this inclination to arrogate to themselves the oddity of these issues is a piece of the hegemonic practice of the radical left gatherings. It is nonetheless incomprehensible that those option political talks, which shared trait with a portion of the social development's talks, were envisioned as a scheme by these extremely developments. Case in point, while dalit women's activists concurred with the political issues raised by the human rights activists regardless they trusted that there was a scheme to both shield the Marxist Leninist bunches and the commitment of the self-sufficient women's activist groups46. The dialect of scheme is, indeed, normal to every one of the developments in Telangana, Rayalaseem and Andhra. For example, one of the leaflets discharged by the People’s War Group, as an answer to the study offered by the women's activists, is titled as, Denounce shark assault on Revolutionary development in the clothing of women's activist study.8

Shark Assault in 1960s:

Term is, for example, shark assault and clothing are not just symptomatic of the clear doubt between the social developments additionally of a solid fundamental polarity that has risen amongst hypothesis and practice, as a feature of the continuous discourse between the developments. While there was a distinct indolence of the governmental issues of every development on the act of alternate developments, at the level of hypothesis or political talk no development recognized the commitment of the others. Social developments are still, before the end of 1960s, taking part in self- arrogating talks that are heedless to the commitments of different developments. The issue of independence presently is by all accounts organized around the polarity amongst hypothesis and practice. The legitimacy for such an elucidation can be drawn from one of the most

8 Volga, Feminist Study Circle, (mimeo) p.9

www.ijmer.in 71 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

recent level headed discussions between self-ruling women's activists and the People’s War Group.

Ideological Differences with People’s War Group:

On the event of thirty years of the Naxalite development, a honoring volume was distributed and as a major aspect of that Dalit women's activists composed breaking down the part of the Marxist Leninist development versus Dalit women' issue. They contended that, in 1980 a few groups of the Marxist Leninist parties began building up women' associations. This didn't however realize much change in their essential mentality towards low caste Dalit women. They didn't obtain any sexual orientation particular belief system, on the grounds that these women' associations too trusted that their issues would be fathomed just through the accomplishment of long haul goals47. Truth be told, Marxist Leninist parties themselves acknowledge this position and don't discover any incongruity in changing their practice without attendant ideological changes. The People War Group, in their answer to the above paragraphs contends that there is no essential ideological/hypothetical movement in Marxist Leninist gathering's stand. Despite everything they trust that women' issue is basically an integral part of class misuse. Be that as it may, they have changed their position similarly as honing this point of view is concern9. Prior isolated battles and associations were not understood as crucial for women' liberation, now anyway they accept despite what might be expected. This be that as it may, they contend, is not particular to women but rather is a piece of the general movement of gathering's stand on mass associations which are not at all like up to this point considered crucial 48 . Contending that these are insignificant hierarchical changes discredits the self-rule allowed by shaping separate associations, it might be said that the specificity of governmental issues and political

9 Anveshi, 'Reworking Gender Relations, Redefining Politics', EPW, Jan 16-23,1993, p.89

www.ijmer.in 72 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

point of view behind mass associations is neither allowed any power nor conceptualized in clear terms. It could, for a few, sound humorous that Marxist Leninist parties that put stock in supremacy of praxis instead of negligible ideological details appear to undermine changes practically speaking, in such cases. It is this bifurcation amongst hypothesis and practice that gives a false representation of any simple conclusions on the issue of solidarity.

This division, alluded to above, however subsumes a long history of discourse what's more, huge contrasts between self-sufficient dalit women' gatherings for armed struggle and the Marxist Leninist parties. As per the later, independent women' associations are conceived as state's very own component plan. In 1960's there was a wide scale spread of furnished armed struggles everywhere throughout the world what's more; individuals' confidence in parliamentary way was quick dissolving. Given this setting, state was intrigued by taking up some shallow welfare programs for women. This is in any event clear following 23 years where the greater parts of these associations are either subsidized by the government or by the colonialist nations. Actually, associations like the Feminist Study Circle later got changed over into subsidized associations like Asmita and Anveshi.10

They encourage contended that independent women' associations neither censured State viciousness nor suppression on Marxist Leninist gathering's women' associations. This is incompletely in light of the fact that these associations have no steady view on the character of the State. Land, cover, wellbeing, sustenance, garments, instruction and job, none of these issues can be acknowledged by independent dalit women' associations during the period of Telangana armed struggles.

10 Anveshi, 'Reworking Gender Relations, Redefining Politics', EPW, Jan 16-23,1993, p.89 & Volga, et.al, Saramsham (Repon on the Anti-Arrack Movement, in Telugu), Asmita Resource Centre for Women, Hyderbad, 1994, Pp.IS-26

www.ijmer.in 73 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

They however proclaim that they are set up to produce solidarity with every one of women' associations that don't take outside subsidizing from radical nations 49 • Thus, the story of the development and advancement of the self-governing women' development, organized, concretized and characterized self-rule around certain dichotomized issues. These divisions could both possibly part and if worked into continuums, could empower developments to secure their self- sufficiency and produce strong solidarity. The procedure of the rise of self-governance development free rustic dalit women' development inside the self-ruling women' development appears to make conditions that can change the dichotomized issues into a more incorporated methodology of change and keep away from potential discontinuity of the developments. It is around this inside outside continuum a conditional hypothesis of solidarity would be quickly explained in the closing section of this work.11

Conclusion:

Dalit women’s contribution to the Telangana armed struggle is massive in highlighting the socio-economic-religious-gender inequalities and cultural problems during the period of Telangana armed struggles.

11 Kalpana Kannabiran, et.al (ed), Sarrihaddulu Leni Sandhyalu (Telugu).Swecha Prachuranalu, Hyderabad, 1995, p.l68

www.ijmer.in 74 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

THE TRANSITION PHASES IN GROSS MANIFESTATION OF LIMITED CONSCIOUSNESS (NIDRĀ, SVAPNA & SAMĀDHI) Dr. Surabhi Verma Department of Humanities and Social Sciences National Institute of Technology Rourkela, Odisha

1. INTRODUCTION: Consciousness manifests itself in various forms, representing the states of suṣupti, svapna and jāgrata. These states are universal irrespective of the forms of creation. Indian Rishis have explored and developed a system of getting into the process of reverse manifestation. Yoga is the means through which this reversal happens. The most subtle and subtler aspects of Consciousness are revealed in the phases of reversal of manifestation which are Nidrā, Svapna and Samādhi. These stages are not sequential. They represent a special degree of dissolution of Consciousness into the subtle and subtler aspects. According to the degree of dissolution, the transitional phases indicate various kinds of knowledge and non-knowledge processes. In the opinion of Medical Sciences, REM and NREM phases of Sleep show the activity of Brain waves in EEG. This activity is also shown in the stages of Samādhi. This indicates that Consciousness remains functional in these stages also. Philosophically, these stages represent quite distinct features. This paper will discuss the transitional phases Nidrā, Svapna and Samādhi philosophically and will point out the super concentration of Consciousness in these phases among which nidrā and svapna are a part of our routinely processes of waking, dreaming and deep sleep, through which regularly energy retraces back to our systems and makes an individual more performance efficient. .

Consciousness1 is the subject about which whatever can be said or explored, will remain fractions of achievement from the point of view

www.ijmer.in 75 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

of sciences. Today although a lot of researches are going on to understand more & more about Consciousness still Consciousness is as mystical as the nature of electron. Actually the methodology of investigation in science which was focussed on the pure empirical method, in which the observer was separated from the complete procedure of investigation, now is becoming changed, and it has been accepted to consider the participation and effect of the observer in the investigation because it is “Consciousness”. Nothing can be visualized or understood until the observer to observe is not present. Thus observer2 has its effect and the only thing which can justify the phenomenon is the original nature of observer which is “Consciousness”. That is the main reason why electron changes its nature accordingly the experimental setup.

India has been a landmark in the field of achievements not only in the field of spirituality and ethical values but also in sciences, medicine and ancient technological variants like Vimānaśāstra etc. Indian Seers have laid the most important principle “Yat pinde tat brahmāṇde”, which establishes that whatever constitutes our body, the same constituents create the universe. So our own body is the laboratory to investigate the mystical aspects of creation. Thus they established all the knowledge process in a single exploration of “knowing thyself”. This knowing of oneself through one’s own body as a means or instrument and laboratory, is the process of Yoga. The Consciousness in gross body channelizes the energy to focus on more subtle and subtler aspects through yoga. In this process one comes to realise that his/her appearance is just a manifestation of Consciousness and through yoga this manifestation becomes reversed. The gross body of all the creatures is the manifestation and representation of Consciousness. Through yoga, Consciousness in gross forms traverses back journey towards Pure Consciousness to realise its own nature.

www.ijmer.in 76 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Today in our daily routine, each and every creature regularly passes through three important phases i.e. Jāgrata (Wakened), Svapna (Dreaming) and Suṣupti (Deep Sleep). From our routinely experiences, we all understand and feel that after regularly passing from these phases, one never forgets oneself like one’s name, one’s task and relatives and other related things in a normal mental health excluding the diseased persons of special cases of ill mental health and personality disorders. Thus a normal human being never feels that his/her Consciousness has become changed or he/she was something else before sleeping and has become something else after waking. Instead one feels more fresh, energetic and enthusiastic if he/she has gone under a good and sound sleep and vice versa. So it is a fundamental Reality that the same consciousness pervades in different degrees of appearance in different states whether they are wakened, dreaming and deep sleep stages in a normal healthy person or they are in a diseased person of insanity, illusions, hallucinations etc.

Nidrā, Svapna and Samādhi, these three states are selectively different and are paths of dissolution of Consciousness in subtle forms. Among these three, nidrā and svapna are the part of our daily behaviour and Samādhi is a special trance of Consciousness, channelized through practice and detachment. All the three phases have capability to dissolute reflected consciousness (consciousness bound in gross body and delimited), but the initial two are natural and cycle the reflected consciousness regularly to rejuvenate while third one is achieved at practice to cross out and break the cycle of birth and death. This difference in the functioning of the three lies in their tuning capability with pure consciousness. Among the three’s, third one is widest of all, because it incorporates the rest of the two in itself. After achieving mastery in Samādhi, the nature and capability of reflected consciousness in nidrā and svapna automatically changes mystically. This mystic achievement becomes a means of attaining

www.ijmer.in 77 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

mystic knowledge of self and universe. These achievements are described by Patañjali in Pātañjalayoga sūtra and explained elaborately in Vibhūti pāda of Pātañjalayoga darśanam. Here we are going to discuss the super concentration of consciousness in nidrā and svapna at normal level and their upper transitory levels under the effectual realm of Samādhi due to the special respective degree of dissolution of reflected consciousness in pure consciousness.

2. The Concept of Nidrā:

Patañjalayoga Darśana, explains nidrā as “Abhā vapr aty ayā la mb 3 an āvṛtti Nidrā”, which means that nidrā is a state of deprivation of the rest of the two states i.e. svapna and jāgrata. The term nidrā is derived from the root ‘nind rat’. Nidrā is a phase of dominant activity 4 of tamas guṇa. It is a kind of knowledge , because after coming into the wakened state, person memorizes the experience of that. On the basis of experience and knowledge, the phase of nidrā has been classified in three phases-

1. Sukha rūpa

2. Dukha rūpa

3. Ajñāna rūpa When the person after coming into wakened state from sleep, feels like he has slept comfortably and happily, the state is termed as Sukha rūpa Nidrā. When the person feels like he has slept uncomfortably and restlessly, the state is termed as Dukha rūpa Nidrā. When the person feels that he slept like he was totally unaware about his own existence, the state is termed as Ajñāna rūpa nidrā. The first and second phases consist of knowledge and experience both, while third phase consists of only experience. In the state of Susupti or Ajñāna rūpa nidrā, citta uprises at the state of Ekāgra citta. In Sukha rūpa nidrā, sattva guṇa remains admixed with tamas, in dukha rūpa nidrā, rajas remains

www.ijmer.in 78 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

admixed with tamas and in Ajñāna rūpa nidrā, tamas is totally dominant.

3. Degree of dissolution of Consciousness in the state of Nidrā:

Nidrā has three types or phases. Each phase characterizes specificity in the activity and functioning of guṇa. Acc to the dominancy and activity of guṇa, threes three phase show different degree of dissolution of reflected consciousness. In the phase of Ajñāna rūpa nidrā, Pure Consciousness is maximally delimited and dominated by the activity of tamas guṇa. Thus maximally constraint Pure Consciousness is present at that time just like it is present in so called non-living objects and dead particles. Here is the minimum degree of dissolution of Reflected Consciousness into Pure Consciousness. Here reflected Consciousness is so much covered with tamas guṇa that all the powers of Pure Consciousness are disappeared. So the manifested object is devoid of powers of icchā, jñāna, kriyā etc. In the rest of the two states, Consciousness has functionality of other two guṇas also. In dukha rūpa nidrā, there is activity of rajas guṇa in the dominancy of tamas guṇa. Rajas guṇa is itself an active principle constituent. It mobilises the Consciousness in many directions. Due to its activity Reflected Consciousness functions at the state of vikṣipta citta. Here Pure Consciousness is lesser bound and covered in comparison of Ajñāna rūpa nidrā. So it has more degree of dissolution of Reflected Consciousness in subtler aspects than in Ajñāna rūpa nidrā. In sukha rūpa nidrā, activity of sattva guṇa in the dominancy of tamas is present. Sattva guṇa is lightening principle of universal creation. It is the main constituent solely responsible and capable of breaking the bonds of rotating cycle of life and death. So in its dominancy, lightened citta is attracted towards dharma, jñāna, vairāgya and aiśvarya, thus ultimately leading towards the achievement of Vivekakhyāti. So in sukha rūpa nidrā, Reflected Consciousness is maximally dissolved in

www.ijmer.in 79 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

the subtler aspects in comparison of the rest of the two phases. That is the main reason why a person feels maximally energised after having sukha rūpa nidrā. One feels much more fresh, energetic and enthusiastic after going through sound sleep because in this phase the tuning of Reflected Consciousness with Pure Consciousness, establishes maximally which recycles the energy in the system of the body. If a person is rich in Sāttvika properties, he/she becomes able to have sukha rūpa nidrā, which increases the happiness, energy, refreshment and performance efficiency in his/ her routinely activity. Thus one achieves more success and high degrees of performance awards along with the best in health also.

4. The Concept of Svapna: The etymology of the term ‘svapna’ stands as “Svapo nan” (3.3.91, Aṣṭādhyāyī, Pāṇinī). Śivasūtra defines ‘svapna’ as state of ‘saṃkalpa 5 vikalpa of manas’ (‘Svapno vikalpaḥ ’ 1.9). Acc. to Kāśmīra Śaivism, Vikalpa is “viṣeṣeṇa vividhena va kalpanaṃ”, which means to conceptualize specifically to differentiate among the objects. Śivasūtravimarśinī, the commentary on Śivasūtra describes ‘svapna’ as overwhelming state of vikalpas of manas. Tantrāloka describes four types/ stages of Dreams-

a) Gatāgataṃ:

“ṣaṭatriṃśadaṅgulaprāṇācāropajāyamānagamāgamasaṃbandhā t6”

Due to the movement of Prāṇa upto 36 aṅgula in Suṣumnānādī, the central nerve, Reflected Consciousness visualizes those persons, things etc., which are related to him/her by Gamāgamasaṃbandha, means it can visualize those reflections which are related to it in form of those who have taken birth or have died. This kind of dream is known as “Gatāgataṃ”. This is the reason why many persons see those who have died among their family, friends or relatives etc., as well as, they can

www.ijmer.in 80 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

see those who are going to take birth among their family, friends, relatives and colleagues etc. which are strongly bind with them emotionally or through blood relations etc.

b) Suvikṣiptaṃ: (Precognitive Dreams)

7 “Dūrataradeśakālollikhyamānapadārthasaṃsparśāt ” When Reflected Consciousness visualizes the reflections present in a distant state of time and space etc., this kind of dreams are known as “Suvikṣiptaṃ”. This is the category of Precognitive Dreams. In the state of vikṣipta citta, citta is filled with excess of Sattva, yet it becomes attracted towards external objects due to hindrances produced by Rajas. So in dreaming, reflections of objects are caught by Reflected Consciousness which is present in distant forward co-ordinates of time and space. Thus Consciousness can achieve the vision of distant objects, events and things etc. in their dreams. This Precognitive Capability is a normal and natural capability of Consciousness.

c) Saṃgataṃ:

8 “Saṃkalpanaikavṛttimanomātrasaṃsargāt ” Where Consciousness achieves the visions of desired objects and gets determinant knowledge of them in dreams, this is called as Saṃgataṃ Svapna. This kind of vision is maximally occurs to yogis and to those persons who practice the meditation etc in any form. Here only ‘manas’ is functional and Saṃkalpanā is the only ‘vṛtti’ present. This kind of dream, therefore characterises by the vision of reflections at own will. Here will power is the dominant factor responsible for determinant knowledge.

d) Susamāhitaṃ:

9 “Vaikalpikārthaikatānatvāt ”

www.ijmer.in 81 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Where there is continuance of Vaikalpika ideas in dreams, they are termed as Susamāhitaṃ. When external ideas or pratyayas are deeply incarnated on citta, they form saṃskāras. The same saṃskāras appear as Vaikalpika ideas in dreams. Here is maximum fluency of wakened state ideas, so it is called as Susamāhitaṃ. In these kinds of dreams Reflected Consciousness visualizes the deeply rooted fulfilled or unfulfilled desires, experiences, fears, pains, sorrows, happiness, achievements etc. in dreams.

5. Degree of dissolution of Consciousness in Svapna: Citta has five10 stages and each stage is characterized by the activity of specific guṇa. In the phase of svapna also these stages of citta are present according to the activity of guṇa.

 Kṣipta - Attracted towards cognition of external objects due to Rajas.

 Mūḍha - Attracted towards sleep etc because of excess of Tamas.

 Vikṣipta - Though trying to be focussed in Samādhi due to excess of Sattva, yet becomes attracted towards external objects due to hindrances produced by Rajas.

 Ekāgra - Excess & priority of Sattva; focussed in Samādhi.

 Niruddha - Stopping of all the fluctuations.

In Gatāgataṃ and Susamāhitaṃ svapna, Kṣipta citta is functional, in Suvikṣiptaṃ svapna, Vikṣipta citta is functional and in Saṃgataṃ svapna, Ekāgra citta is functional. Thus in Gatāgataṃ and Susamāhitaṃ svapna, there is minimum degree of dissolution of Reflected Consciousness while in Saṃgataṃ svapna, there is maximum degree of dissolution of Reflected Consciousness. In Suvikṣiptaṃ svapna, Reflected Consciousness gets dissolved in subtler constituents

www.ijmer.in 82 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

more than that of Gatāgataṃ and Susamāhitaṃ; but less than Saṃgataṃ svapna.

6. The Concept of Samādhi:

11 Samādhi is the only bridge to fill out the gap between the Reflected Consciousness and Pure Consciousness. When Dhyāna becomes of the nature of (dhyeya) the object of meditation (pure consciousness) and becomes devoid of the knowledge about itself (that it has been known by me), it becomes converted into the state of Samādhi. Samādhi consists of three main stages; Samprajñāta, Asamprajñāta and Dharma-medha. Asmitānugata, Anandānugata, Vichārānugata, Vitarkānugata. These can be said as Samāpatti and are the mini stages of Samprajñāta Samādhi. Samāpatti is coincidence where subject and object coincide.

1. Vitarkānugata- coincidence with gross form of object of contemplation.

a. Savitarka: with the presence of spontaneous thoughts.

b. Nirvitarka: with the absence of spontaneous thoughts.

2. Vichārānugata- coincidence with subtle form of object of contemplation.

a. Savichāra : with the presence of spontaneous thoughts.

b. Nirvichāra : with the absence of spontaneous thoughts.

3. Anandānugata: a. Sānanda : coincidence with bliss.

b. Nirānanda : coincidence with beyond bliss.

4. Asmitānugata : a. Sāsmitā : coincidence with I- am- ness.

b. Nirāsmitā : coincidence with beyond I- am- ness.

Vacaspati Mishra supported the last two while Vijñānabhikṣu has rejected.

www.ijmer.in 83 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

When in the state of Niruddha citta, the object of the meditation i.e. pure consciousness is lightened completely, all the afflictions are destroyed, bonds of actions are loosened and the state of Nirodha is brought in the path as the next level, it is known as Samprajñāta yoga. 12 Afflictions are Pañcakleṣa : Avidyā, Asmitā, Rāga, Dveṣa and Abhiniveṣa. In Niruddha citta, when nothing becomes known, all the fluctuations stop and citta stays as the means only, there the reflected consciousness coincides with temporary self realization or the unification with Pure Consciousness. This state is known as

13 Asamprajñāta Yoga. Dharma-medha Samādhi is a transitional phase that removes all the spiritual ignorance and therefore all its fateful repercussions (such as karma and sufferings) and is followed directly by the event of liberation. At the peak, the reflected consciousness reaches the point of no return i.e. liberation from the cycle of actions and all the three types of sufferings. The reflected consciousness abides in perfect “aloneness” (kaivalya14) which is a trans-mental state of Pure Awareness.

7. Degree of dissolution of Consciousness in Samādhi: Pure Consciousness manifests itself in the gross forms. So it is present in unconscious, sub-conscious and conscious mind. Also resides in the body, breath and our action & sense organs. The reflected Consciousness present in all the gross forms transcends back to the Pure Consciousness step by step. This journey is just the reversal of manifestation. Yoga becomes the means of journey because in yoga, each aspect of the Gross Form gets trained in different stages of yoga. The complete purpose of yoga is the Realization of Pure Consciousness. Constant Practice & Detachment are the two supportive means to stop all the fluctuations of consciousness. Yoga consists of eight parts- Yama, Niyama, Āsana, Prāṇāyāma, Pratyāhāra – 5 External Parts and 15 Dhāraṇā, Dhyāna & Samādhi – 3 Internal Parts . The five parts of yam16 regulate the energies of body, which results in a surplus of

www.ijmer.in 84 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

energy, and can be used for the spiritual transformation of the personality. These five rules harmonize the relationship with the other beings. The five rules of niyama17 harmonize the relationship to life and

18 to the transcendental reality. Āsanas give the body a much comfortable and stable posture, which gives immediate change in the mood and facilitates their endeavour to concentrate the mind. A certain group of posture – known as seals (mudrā) are especially potent in altering one’s mood because they have a more intense effect on the endocrine system of the body. Prāṇa is the vehicle for the ascent of attention within the body, the focussing of awareness along the bodily

19 axis towards the brain. In Prāṇāyāma , attention ascends and leads to more and more subtle experiences. In the final stage of this process, the prāṇic energy is guided into the topmost psycho-energetic system (chakra) at the crown of the head. When prāṇa and attention come to be fixed at that spot, the quality of consciousness may change radically, yielding the ecstatic state (Samādhi). After Prāṇāyāma, the flow of energy is maintained upto the level of Breath. If a person stops practicing further, he/she builds a wall for further advancement. The training upto this level provides body fitness. The practice of both āsanas and breath control leads to a progressive desensitization that shuts out external stimuli. Now the person comes alive in the inner environment of their mind. When consciousness is effectively sealed off from the external environment, this is a state of sensory inhibition, or

20 Pratyāhāra . After Pratyāhāra, Reflected Consciousness gets dissolved in Pure Consciousness at minimum degrees because these five external parts of Yoga channelize and maintain the flow of energy at the functioning level of mūdha and kṣipta citta.

21 Dhāraṇā is the holding of the mind in a motionless state. It is the focussing of attention to a given locus which may be a particular part of the body or an external object that is internalized (like the image of a deity.) This is a type one- pointedness or focussed attention.

www.ijmer.in 85 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

It is a highly intensified form of the spurts of concentration. After Dhāraṇā, the Reflected Consciousness gets dissolved in Pure Consciousness more than in five external parts because it channelize and maintains the flow of energy at the functioning level of vikṣipta citta.

Prolonged and deepening concentration leads naturally to the

22 state of meditative absorption, or Dhyāna , in which the internalized object or locus fills the entire space of consciousness. All arising ideas gyrate around the object of concentration and are accompanied by a peaceful, calm emotional disposition. There is no loss of lucidity, but, on the contrary, the sense of wakefulness appears to be intensified, even though there is no or little awareness of external environment. After Dhyāna, the Reflected Consciousness gets dissolved in Pure Consciousness maximally because it channelizes and maintains the flow of energy at the functioning level of Ekāgra citta. Upto the level of Dhyāna, a person becomes able to visualise many those things and events which we cannot even imagine at normal level. One becomes filled with much advancement in one’s personality but the original goal of Yoga remains unachieved. It can only be achieved after the next stage of Samādhi.

Samādhi gets established at the state of Niruddha Citta. Here Reflected Consciousness is maximally dissolved in Pure Consciousness. After this only maintenance of flow of energy remains to realize the nature of self and universe. In the state of Samādhi, the flow of Energy becomes bi-directional i.e. yogi reaches in a state of submerging with that Pure consciousness. At this level all the knowable becomes known, all understandable becomes understood and all the achievements are achieved. Thus the journey of Reflected Consciousness comes to an end and it achieves its Goal.

www.ijmer.in 86 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

8. Mystical transformation in the nature of Nidrā & Svapna under the effectual realm of Samādhi:

After attaining heights in Samādhi by constant practice and detachments, person becomes aware of oneself. Simultaneously he/ she realize that everything is just an appearance of Consciousness within and outside both. Such realization is the root cause of mystical transformation in his/ her personality. Yogi, who advances at this level, becomes able to achieve knowledge of the whole universe in any of the states of expressions irrespective of the bonds of time and space etc. Nothing remains unknown at this level. Even in the stages of nidrā, any kind of knowledge gets revealed in the effect of hyper activity of Sattva guṇa where tamas cannot bind the Reflected Consciousness any more. In Svapna States also, mystical dreams come and can reveal the mystics of universe through any kind of symbolic expressions. Thus the state of Samādhi transforms the personality and capabilities and empowers the states of nidrā and svapna under its effect.

9. Conclusion: From the above discussion it becomes clear that everything is the play of Pure Consciousness through its unending relationship with Citta. Pure Consciousness dances in different states of Citta to showcase different expressions in the form of Reflected Consciousness. Citta is solely responsible for the bondage and delimitation of powers of Pure Consciousness. As the Citta moves more and more upside towards Pure Consciousness, the cover of guṇas gets released to reveal the real nature of Reflected Consciousness through its own experience. Among the five states of Citta, Niruddha state occupies maximum degree of dissolution of Reflected Consciousness in Pure Consciousness and progresses towards maximum unification and Kṣipta Citta occupies minimum degree of dissolution of Reflected Consciousness in Pure Consciousness, thus representing maximum differentiation.

www.ijmer.in 87 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

References

1 Surabhi Verma, Yoga: A Journey of Reflected Consciousness Towards Pure Consciousness, Pub: International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research, ISSN: 2277-7881, Vol. 1, Issue 6, Dec. 2012, pg. no. 192. (Consciousness is the quality or state of being aware of an external object or something within oneself. It has been defined as: subjectivity, awareness, the ability to experience or to feel, wakefulness, having a sense of selfhood, and the executive control system of the mind. At macroscopic scale, the Consciousness is the whole Energy of the universe, that was explained by Einstein in his E=mc²; while at a microscopic level it is the energy (e) present in each and every creature whether it is living object or a dead particle.) 2 Surabhi Verma, Yoga: A Journey of Reflected Consciousness Towards Pure Consciousness, Pub: International Journal of Multidisciplinary Educational Research, ISSN: 2277-7881, Vol. 1, Issue 6, Dec. 2012, pg. no. 195. (Einstein once said, “Intellect limits us to the immediate perception of an external reality, imagination embraces the whole cosmos, and intuition links the human feelings with life forces.” As a whole, total existence is Pure Consciousness, it is the product of summation of Human consciousness and rest of all. An observation is not complete unless our consciousness has participated in it. “The moon does not shine if there is no one to watch it.”) 3 Dr. Suresh Chandra Srivastava, Pātañjalayogadarśanaṁ of Maharṣi Patañjali, Caukhambā Surbhāratī Prakāśaka, Vārāṇasī, 2006, pg. no. 39, 38. (Jāgratsvapna….vṛtti nidrā- Tattva vaiśārdi, Jāgratsva pnavṛt tīnā ma bhāvarūpa…. vṛtti nidretyarthaḥ. -Tattva vaiśārdi) 4 Dr. Suresh Chandra Srivastava, Pātañjalayogadarśanaṁ of Maharṣi Patañjali, Caukhambā Surbhāratī Prakāśaka, Vārāṇasī, 2006, Vyāsa Bhāṣya of Sūtra 10, pg. 43 (Sa ca…tasmātpratyayaviśeṣo nidrā. Sa ca samādhāvitarapratyayavannirodhavyeti.) 5 th Jaideva Singh, Śiva Sūtras, Edition -13 , Motilal Banarasidass Publishers Private Limited, 2012, Delhi, pg. no. 41 (sutra no. 1.9)

www.ijmer.in 88 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

6 st Prof. Radheshayam Chaturvedi, Śrī Tantrālokaḥ, Edition -1 , Caukhambā Surbhāratī Prakāśana, 2012, Vārāṇasī, pg. no. 590-91 7 ibid. 8 ibid. 9 ibid. 10 Dr. Suresh Chandra Srivastava, Pātañjalayogadarśanaṁ of Maharṣi Patañjali, Caukhambā Surbhāratī Prakāśaka, Vārāṇasī, 2006, pg. no.1 (samādhi pāda, sūtra1/ vyasa bhāśya 1) 11 ibid, (tadevārthamātranirbhāsaṃ svarūpaśūnyamiva samādhiḥ.3.) 12 ibid, (sādhanā pāda, sūtra 3, pg. 161) 13 ibid, (samādhi pāda, sūtra 2, vyāsa bhāśya, pg. 9.) 14 ibid, (Kevalībhāva ev kaivalyaṃ.) 15 George Feurstein, The Yoga Tradition, Its History, Literature, Philosophy and Practice, Pub-Hohm Press, Prescott, Arizona. (This internalization and externalization is relative. All the parts are External to Asamprajñāta Samādhi (Supra-conscious ecstasy) because of the absence of all of them at that level.) 16 Pātañjalayogadarśanaṁ of Maharṣi Patañjali by Dr. Suresh Chandra Srivastava, Pub: Caukhambā Surbhāratī Prakāśana, Vārāṇasī, pg. no. 266 (Ahiṃsāsaty āsteyabrah macaryāparigrahāḥ yamāḥ. 30.) 17 ibid, pg. no. 273 (śaucasaṃtośatapaḥsvādhyāyeśvarapraṇidhānāni niyamāḥ. 32.) 18 ibid, pg. no. 296 (sthirsukhamāsanam. 46.) 19 ibid, pg. no. 301 (śvāspraśvāsayorgatirvicchedaḥ prāṇāyāmaḥ. 49.) 20 ibid, pg. no. 314 (svaviṣayāsamprayoge cittasvarūpānukāra ivendriyāṇām pratyāhāraḥ 54.) 21 ibid, pg. no. 320 (deśabandhacittasya dhāraṇā. 1.) 22 ibid, pg. no. 322 (tatrapratyayekatānatā dhyānam. 2.)

www.ijmer.in 89 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

IMPACT OF A.P.J. ABDUL KALAM, IN FUTURE INDIA

Rajib Mondal Assistant Professor Sundarban B.Ed College Kakdwip, W.B Abstract:

In this article researcher is exploring impact of A.P.J. Abdul Kalam, in future India. According to Kalam there are three visions for India. These are Freedom, Development and Strength. His first vision was that of Freedom “It is this freedom that we must protect and nurture and build on” “If we are not free, no one will respect us. His second vision was Development “For fifty years we have been a developing Nation” “It is the time to ourselves as a developed Nation. His third vision was that of Strength “Unless India stands up to the world, no one will respect us.” “In this world fear has no place. He laid emphasis on philosophy of humanism, positivism, moral character, mental power, positive thinking and intelligence among the young generation. We know Education is a powerful instrument to achieve these developmental qualities in the peoples. Indian Nationalism and spiritualism were the basic foundation of his philosophy of education according to Kalam. He expressed his own real experience, thoughts, struggling evidence in his own books such as ‘Wings of fire’, ‘Ignited minds’ India-2020 these are too inspire and motivate youths. He has spoken about vision of emerging India in coming years and their glimpses from their personal life about the changing trends in the society and culture. His three vision for nations Freedom, Development and Strength.

Keywords: Nationalism, Spiritualism, Humanism, Freedom, Positive Thinking, Youth Dynamics, Development Quality, Vision.

www.ijmer.in 90 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

INTRODUCTION

According to APJ Abdul Kalam “Dreams is not what you see in sleep, dream is the thing which does not let you sleep”. He further said that “All of us do not have equal talent. But, all of us have an equal opportunity to develop our talents”. So his views always inspire us. The good quality education must have the life building, society-making, character building, struggling mentality and assimilation of ideas. This would help to the common people, youth generation to equip themselves for the struggle of life and try to make their dreams comes true.

KALAM’S PHILOSOPHICAL VIEW AND EDUCATION

Fearless through , struggle , deep focused on nationalism , spiritualism and serve humanity with peace is the main essence of his philosophy . He wants to make a individual without fear from enemies, face all the challenges boldly, with positive mentality and confidently without any suppression. Kalam said “I do not wish to set myself up as an example to others, but I believe that a few readers may draw inspiration and come to experience that ultimate satisfaction which can only be found in the life of the spirit”. He was the icon of spiritualism to everyone .Kalam wrote about Dr. Vikram Sarabhai, Prof. Satish Dhavan, and Dr. Brahma Prakash. Radhakrishnan, when his students wanted to celebrate his birthday as ‘Teachers Day.” Instead of celebrating my birthday, it would be my proud privilege if 5thSeptember is observed as Teachers day”. It was a tribute to Dr. Radhakrishnan’s close association with the cause of Teachers. According to him “Teachers should be the best minds in the country”. According to Kalam Philosophy of education focused on dreaming, hardworking and morality is the best inspiration in character building. The real education according to Kalam is that which prepares the individual for struggle for existence. Education prepares a

www.ijmer.in 91 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

man for social service, to develop his character and finally makes him with the spirit and courage of a lion. For getting degree is not an education, the proper education must be viewed on the basis of character, mental powers, intelligence and inculcates. He deeply focused on the Self-confidence and self-reliance in the individuals. Kalam has emphasized that all the knowledge which we gets from worldly or spiritual lies embedded in the human mind. It was covered with a veil of darkness and ignorance. Education is a tool to open from the darkness and ignorance, after getting of education, the knowledge will shines out dazzlingly. Self-learning and self-getting knowledge is the real education

EDUCATION ACCORDING TO KALAM:

Humanism, morality and challenging mentality are the is the best inspiration in character building. Humanism in the minds of the educator is the real source of his influence upon the gives the growth and expansion of personality and also developmental goal of the nations. Education must help the individual to recognize his cultural heritage and to use it in his struggle of life.” If he could ‘ignite’ young people’s minds there would be an army of project assistants ‘more powerful than thermonuclear energy’, “ he said. The teacher only motivates and encourages the students to find out the hidden treasure of knowledge that lies dormant within him. He condemned and refused the rote memory education, also failure and negative thinking. He always welcomes everybody with positive thinking.

AIMS OF EDUCATION ACCORDING TO KALAM:

Kalam wanted all-round development of education to heart and mind, to strengthen struggling mentality and national consciousness, to help in the cultivation of strength and energy, nurture the brain and intellect and stir feelings of kindness and sympathy. Education is a life-

www.ijmer.in 92 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

long process towards the fullest development of human personality, self-discovery, self-perfection, self-awareness and self- manifestation and energy , self-dependency, self-confidence and self- reliance .

INDIA 2020 MISSION:

According to Kalam India will become a top develop nations in the world by 2020.

Nations consists of people. And with their effort a nation can accomplish all it could ever want. Motivating India’s people, and its youth especially, is the central theme of Ignited minds, which continues the trajectory of thoughts taken up in my earlier to books, “Wings of fire” and “India2020”.

KALAM AS AN INSPIRING LEGENDS:

APJ Abdul Kalam “the Missile Man of India”, dedicated scientist in DRDO and ISRO, project director of SLV3, developer of the nation’s prestigious AGNI and PRITHVI missiles, the founder of the Advanced Missile Technology Research Centre IMARAT, Scientific advisor of India’s defense minister, the first bachelor president of India from 2002-2007 and the first designer of very light braces for the disabled. Kalam has contributed his part to free the independent India’s struggle from powers which are dominating the other countries of the word with their technological advancement.

The vast majority of the people of India, from every walk of life, have however been mesmerized by the tangible achievements, charisma, simplicity, humanity and dedication that characterized Kalam, and they went on to shower their affection, love and respect on him, irrespective of caste, religion, gender or political persuasion. His autobiography Wings of Fire (1999) became an inspiring national classic. He was honored widely and received the , the highest civilian

www.ijmer.in 93 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

award in India Bharat Ratnain 1997 when he was still Scientific Adviser to the Defiance Minister

He said” I have chosen to write about this subject of igniting young minds so that India turns into a developed nation by the year 2020 because all thorough my career in the field of technology and its management, I relied on the power and potential of youth . My strength has been my young teams who never let me down. And what satisfaction these was in working with them on some of the most complex projects in some of the most challenging situations, given the freedom to achieve and guided properly, I am convinced the young of India can accomplish for more”.

Always he gives real experience of his challenging life. He has given an example of his driver. His driver always reads some books, newspapers and journals of substance during his free time. But he meticulously reads every time he saw him That dedication was attracted by Kalam and he also asked him a question? What made him to read during your leisure time? He replied that he had a son and daughter. They used to ask him lot of questions. The spirit of learning in him, was attracted Kalam , he told him to study formally through the distance education mode. Ultimately he was established as an Assistant Professor in the Government Arts College at Mellur near Madurai ,2010.

What a commitment and dedication has helped him to acquire the right skills in his leisure time that has made his career progress and upgrade his livelihood better. The message is, it doesn’t matter who you are if you have a vision and determination to achieve that vision, you will certainly achieve.

“Can you all repeat with me?”

“When you wish upon a star,

www.ijmer.in 94 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Makes no difference who you are

Anything your heart desires

Will come to you”

Dear friends, when I see the thousands of youth assembled here, I would like to discuss with you, what type of India are you going to inherit in next one decade time. If you understand, then certainly every one of you has a role to contribute for the developed India vision 2020. I visualize India in the year 2020 to have the following distinctive competitive profile. Now, let me give my visualization of India during the year 2020.

KALAM’S VISION:

His tremendous struggling mentality with his marvelous success would be tablets of the developments. His scientific thinking and inventions must welcome Youth Dynamics with open heart. According to Kalam we are three vision for India. These are Freedom, Development, Strength. His first vision was that of Freedom.“It is this freedom that we must protect and nurture and build on”“If we are not free, no one will respect us . His 2nd vision was Development “For fifty years we have been a developing Nation” “It is the time to ourselves as a developed Nation. His third vision was that of Strength.“Unless India stands up to the world, no one will respect us.” “In this world fear has no place. Only strength respect strength UNO has declared his birth day (15th–Oct.) as “World Students Day”.

DISTINCTIVE VIEW FOR THE NATION:

Recommendation to the nations to achieve highest position………

1. A Nation where there is an equitable distribution and adequate access to energy and quality water.

2. A Nation where the rural and urban divide has reduced to a thin line.

www.ijmer.in 95 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

3. A Nation where education with value system is not denied to any meritorious candidates because of societal or economic discrimination.

4. A Nation which is the best destination for the most talented scholars, scientists, and investors.

5. A Nation where agriculture, industry and service sector work together in symphony

6. A Nation where the best of health care is available to all.

7. A Nation where the governance is responsive, transparent and corruption free.

8. A Nation where poverty has been totally eradicated, illiteracy removed and crimes against women and children are absent and none in the society feels alienated.

9. A Nation that is prosperous, healthy, secure, devoid of terrorism, peaceful and happy and continues with a sustainable growth path.

10. A Nation that is one of the best places to live in and is proud of its leadership.

CONCLUSION:

According to him “I believe there is no other profession in the world that is more important to society than that of a teacher”. He became the 11th President of India on 25th July 2002. During his term as President, was popularly known as “The people’s president”. “We should all create a nation that is one of the best places to live in on this earth and which brings smiles to a billion faces”. Kalam discovers that Science and Technological development will help the improvement in the economical status of a country, and conveyed this message through his autobiography. He is well known as for his

www.ijmer.in 96 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

motionless speeches and interaction with the student community in India. He said “This story will end with me, for I have no belongings in the worldly sense. I have acquired nothing, built nothing; possess nothing-no family, sons, and daughter. I am a well this great land Looking as its millions of boys and girls. To draw from me, the inexhaustible divinity, and spread His grace everywhere, as does the water drawn from a well”

From the analysis of Kalam’s scheme of education, the uplift of masses is possible only through education. He views on education brings a light of its constructive, practical and comprehensive character. By giving education, he tries to materialize the moral and spiritual welfare and upliftment of humanity, irrespective of caste, creed, nationality or time. By the way of his scheme of education, we can get the strong nation with peace and harmony and without caste and creed. He speaks about their vision about the changing trends in the society and culture. He builds a strong nation for our sake. Kalam shows how they are universal in attaining the highest position in nation and he have proved one can leads to height through dedication, hard work and interest. He has spoken about vision of emerging India in coming years and their glimpses from their personal life about the changing trends in the society and culture. Dr. Kalam is an embodiment of Humanity, Simplicity, Modesty, Reality and Honesty .

Reference:

1. Jeevraj, A. Edwing&Dhanave, Dr. S.P.I.” A Comparative Study of Jawaharlal Nehru’s An Autobiography and APJ Abdul Kalam’s Wings of Fire”. Print.

2. Kalam, APJ Abdul.” Wings of Fire: An Autobiography”. Tiwari, Arun&Chowdhry, Mukul . Hyderabad: Universities Press, 2008.Print.

www.ijmer.in 97 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

3. Ganti,K.V. “A Comparative Study of SarvepalliRadhakrishnans my Search For Truth and APJ Abdul Kalams Wins of Fire”. Research Journal of English Language and Literature (RJELAL), 2015 Vol.3.Issue.1.

4. Wikipedia Contributors.”APJ AbdulKalam ”, Wikipedia the free Encyclopedia. Web.

5. Wikipedia Contributors. “Wings of Fire”, Wikipedia Contributors. “Wings of Fire”,

6. Kalam,APJ(2003) Ignited Minds. Delhi :Penguin Books India

7. Kalam,APJ(1998) “India 2020” . Delhi :Penguin Books India

www.ijmer.in 98 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

A SOCIOLOGICAL ASPECT IN INDIRA GOSWAMI'S NOVEL 'THE BRONZE SWORD OF THENGPHAKRI TEHSILDAR' IN ENGLISH TRANSLATION

Raju Brahma Assistant Professor in English Cachar College, Silchar,Assam Introduction

Translation literature has given a wider platform and honour to various regional writings. ‘Thengphakhri Tehsildaror Tamor Torowal’ is the last book written by Mamoni Raisom Goswami alias Indira Goswami has been translated into English by Aruni Kashyap as ‘The Bronze Sword of Thengphakhri Tehsildar’. The novel is about the forgotten history of legendary Bodo heroine Thengphakhri who worked as a Tehsildar across the plains of Bijni Kingdom during the British regime in lower Assam. She was given the post of Izardar i.e. a tax collector. It was a rare honour given to a tribal woman. Neither she nor the villagers could take it easily but as Captain Hardy handed over the appointment letter and read it out everything became clear. She was the first Indian woman to hold the position of an Izardar. An old villager placing his hand on Thengphakhri's head said that when young widows are burnt alive with their husbands by force and when they have to follow strict rules and regulations, in such times, our Thengphakhri will be collecting taxes and we should be proud of her. Again in the words of a visiting retired soldier Ram Babu from Uttar Pradesh, "She has the Mother's blessings! Here women are respected and look at us: our women are hidden behind the purdah...” Originally written in Assamese has been translated into English by Aruni Kashyap seems to be faithful in unfolding Indira Goswami's feelings into English. Indira Goswami is an immensely gifted writer, who speaks out boldly and with passion about those whose voices had been

www.ijmer.in 99 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

silenced or never been heard, woman, the marginalized, the powerless, the unfortunate.

Objective of the Study

To discuss and analyse the sociological aspect exhibited in Indira Goswami’s novel ‘Thengphakhri Tehsildaror Tamor Torowal’ in English Translation.

To evaluate Indira Goswami’s technique in presenting nationalism and patriotism highlighted in the novel vis-à-vis to have a glimpse of Bodo society during the British period.

Indira Goswami had soft corner for the Bodos and worked for the uplift of Bodo literature. In her The Bronze Sword of Thengphakhri Tehsildar, the protagonist Thengphakhri was a tehsildar (tax collector) in Bijni kingdom in lower Assam that was then ruled by the British. It was the late 19th century and Thengphakhri was the first woman to fill the post. With her 'long, shiny hair conditioned by elephant-apple juice' Thengphakhri rode her horse from one village to the other collecting taxes at a time when, elsewhere in the subcontinent, women seldom stepped out of their homes, child marriages were common and in a kingdom nearby, five queens burned on their husband's funeral pyre. It seems that relying on oral sources; Goswami's book reconstructs the extraordinary life of Thengphakhri.

Survey of Literature

To be frank, the history of women in India in general is not linear, nor does it have a well organized structure. It is in fact, an integral, mostly invisible, part of the saga of civilization. Women's duties as good daughters, good wives and good mothers are well defined in the Indian patriarchal society. Wife-hood and mother-hood are accepted as pivotal roles for women; a good woman is sweet, gentle, loving, caring and ever sacrificing. According to the anonymous

www.ijmer.in 100 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Sanskrit couplet: She (in relation to her husband) is like a mother while cooking and serving food, secretary while he is working, servant at his feet, courtesan in his bed and earth like in forbearance.

The advent of the British in India had brought not only a new form of government, but also new knowledge, new ideas and new technology. Social reformers found that on the one hand, there was the Indian society, basically hierarchical and accepting norms of discrimination based on caste and gender; on the other hand there was the West, with its dazzling ideas of equality and liberty, offering new technology for a better society. As they started to examine the extant Indian social structure, they realised that women's issues in this context were important. The colonial rulers critiqued Indian society in a patronising manner and took upon themselves the role of patrons attempting to improve a rigid Indian society. Social reformers too came forward all over the country and showed their deep concern over women's issues such as Sati, child marriage, female infanticide, widowhood, purdah, polygony, devdasi and education.

In this context the novel highlights how Thengphakhri, the protagonist comes out from an ordinary village girl and becomes an expert rider as a tehsildar. She had much longer hair than other Bodo women and her beauty and personality mesmerised everyone. The felt hat on her head and traditional Bodo dokhona wrapped around enhanced her beauty. The people of the villages -- children and young girls and young men gathered around to see her riding. Macklinson Sahib was her mentor in her professional life.

Once, after she was made the Tehsildar, Macklinson had cautioned her, "You won't be able to become a good administrator if you are soft. If you don't have a strong personality, there is no value in your beauty."

In reply Thengphakhri said, “Sahib, don’t worry. In our society, people have great respect for women,”

www.ijmer.in 101 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Methodology and collection of data

The researcher has followed the qualitative data analysis procedure for the research article. The researcher has also followed the descriptive content analysis method to arrive at particular conclusion. In the words of Aruni Kashyap, Thenhphakhri remained only in the memories of some old people, in folk songs, in folk tales that were told and retold and Goswami's choice to reconstruct the life of this heroine from historical as well as the socio-political life of Assam.

As the research article is a qualitative content analysis research, the researcher has mainly relied on primary data which consists of the selected novel of Indira Goswami vis-à-vis Aruni Kashyap’s English translation. The researcher has also collected other relevant secondary materials for the article.

It seems that Goswami is writing a novel on a forgotten Bodo heroine has deep significance. In one sense Goswami was actually transplanting Bodo life and culture, their contribution to India's Freedom struggle in the center of India's literary and cultural imagination. It seems that the novel was an ambitious project not only because of the lack of proper historical evidence about Thengphakhri, but to some extent Goswami created her as an introvert. In the words of Aruni Kashyap, "She (Thengphakhri) rarely speaks and we only see her in actions. Unlike her previous novels, where the thoughts of her characters are very closely mapped, Goswami had the challenging task of showing the complex emotions of her character only through her actions and very little dialogue."

In the process she touches on the social and political history of the Bodos, an indigenous tribe of Assam, whose lives have seldom been chronicled. Goswami faced trouble while researching this book because of scarcity of historical sources on Bodo life and history. Critics contested the veracity of the details of Thengphakhri's life when the

www.ijmer.in 102 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

book was first published in Assamese language in 2009. Yet, this is a novel that relies heavily on oral folklore in the absence of conventional documentation. Thengphakhri, a quiet but feisty widow, is a woman of few words who takes on misogyny in an unassuming way. Goswami chronicles her journey from village girl to tehsildar and later as a rebel against the colonial rulers through her thoughts and activities. In the words of Aruni Kashyap, the translator, the book seems to be interested not in the dramatic consequences of her choice but gradual transformation of herself.

Thengphakhri didn't possess extraordinary strength, but her prowess in sword fighting and horse riding propelled her to a position hardly any woman could then dream of. To some extent her pedigree helped. Her grandfather was an employee of the British and taught her how to hold the sword as a child. Thengphakhri impressed the British in Bijni when she shot a man eater mid air as he pounced on an unsuspecting villager on the bank of Dolony river. They first appointed her as izardar, and promoted her to tehsildar within a year. Thengphakhri was initially in favour of the British because they shielded the people from incursions by the Bhutanese army.

However, very soon she faced an inner conflict when she found the colonial taxes were milking poor farmers of their last pennies in a drought hit year. The novel ends with Thengphakhri picking up her bronze sword to join the underground nationalist movement. Unlike Goswami’s other novels it is simply a narration of tribal woman's valour and heroism. The book seems to be a complex narrative of a tale wherein the foundations of the colonial rulers were shaken by the insurgents seeking freedom across Assam just before the rise of the Indian National Congress.

The novel highlights the silencing of the subaltern history by the dominant narrative through the fictionalized retelling of

www.ijmer.in 103 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Thengphakhri, the first woman tehsildar of India. On the other hand, Thengphakhri’s silence is filled with ambiguity and possibilities. It allots a space for maneuverability of her psyche in the midst of the inner turmoil that she tries to resolve. Silence, here, becomes a prism through which to examine the issues of history, gender and colonialism.

Her silence regarding Captain Hardy doesn't allow anyone to judge her as having a carnal weakness for the white colonizer thus keeping the power intact in her hands and defying the general rhetoric of the native woman falling for the white masculine master. Even if hers was an amorous affection her silence gives her the sole power to react on it. Thengphakhri's womanhood is fore grounded by the description of her beauty and especially of her long, black hair. Hair that is longer and more beautiful than the other women in the village lend Thengphakhri a femininity that anticipates a docile, subservient character, conventionally expected from a woman. But the hat on the top of her head of long, black hair represents empowerment that is men's monopolized dominion. Silence, here, again becomes a confounding phenomenon because a woman of beauty whose 'traditional' role is to be silent is looked upon with curiosity and a sense of dejection by the fellow villagers because of her silence. A possessor of such extraordinary power yet she defies the logic agency accorded by verbosity and broods in silence leaving all others helpless at knowing what she thinks about. Again, the bilingual situation of a colony complicates binary relationship between silence and voice because speaking in the language of the colonizer inevitably silences the native language and its own system of meanings and nuances. This is exhibited in how Macklinson talks to Thengphakri about the flora and fauna of her village as if introducing her to an unknown land. The colonizer's overtake was complete as he had learnt the language of the natives thus gaining a control over them through their language too and hence could make the people including Thengphakhri believe that

www.ijmer.in 104 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

they would save the land from the native's own destructive self. The colonizer found power and agency in his verbosity. Verbosity of Macklinson is an agent of power and so he cautions Thengphakhri not to be softhearted in her duty as tehsildar when he sees her remaining silent as the tax defaulters are being disciplined.

Again, Thengphakhri's silence warns of being rebellious because it is an active and contemplative silence; a silence that accords her the space to maneuver through the complexities of her duty as a tehsildar and her duty towards her own people. It seems that we recognise Thengphakhri's empowerment not as something bestowed upon her by the British but as something inherent in her. Tribhuvan Bahadur, her grandfather, may seem to be the patriarchal figure who grants her with capabilities uncommon to women yet absolute faith in Thengphakhri's bravery being a Bodo woman and his complicity in her silence, because it is only he who hears the resonance of her silence, make him her accomplice rather than a benevolent patriarch. On the death of her maternal uncle when Tribhuvan Bahadur knows Thengphakhri's knowledge of the British involvement he leaves it to her to decide as to where she seeks to place her loyalty and strength. The symbolic bronze sword that Thengphakri had found among the ruins of a barrack and that had belonged to a Goddess's temple indicated in an oracular manner that she possessed immense power which again is proven when she intuitively shoots a leopard in its head saving two men. Amidst her impregnable silence Thengphakhri sometimes smiled secretly. Her smile always came at a moment when she reflected upon her own power in a sense of astonishment. Hiding her face from the borkandazes she smiled remembering a riding incident with Captain Hardy. As she fell off the horse and Captain Hardy pulled her up upholding her long hair; holding a woman's hair represents the brute power of a man over a woman. But the innocent smile is suggestive of the rebellion of that power of the white masters in the hands of a woman who had been

www.ijmer.in 105 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

armoured by the masters themselves. The novel seems to be ambiguous in its portrayal of the British Raj in India.

Thengphakhri and her grandfather had always been loyal to the British masters without being unjust to the fellow natives. Having heard about the qualities of the white men from her grandfather she had never really been hostile towards these foreign men. The British officers' campaign against the inhuman practice of sati had portrayed them as saviours and upholders of the rights of women among many Indians. Their liberal ways of life and scientific advancement placed them at a venerated position of superiority. On the contrary, an odious silence surrounded Thengphakhri; again the mysterious woman hanging around the barracks, who undoubtedly had been brought to provide sexual pleasures to the officers in exchange for favours as well as around the mysterious deaths of the rebels in the supposed attacks by wild elephants. Thengphakhri's insurgent maternal uncle, the inhuman methods of tax collection, the air of rebellion blowing against the exploitative regime of the colonizers suffocated Thengphakhri with an unbearably loud silence and she finally decided to speak for once asking Macklinson about the truth of her uncle's death. However, Macklinson's silence on this reinforces the colonial discourse of the civilizing mission while smothering the truth of exploitation. At one time Thengphakhri remembers how her maternal uncle had insinuated that the Goddess Shakti had gifted her with the bronze sword to protect her land from the marauders but her voice again resounds with grief at the news of Macklinson leaving too like Captain Hardy. Eventually, it becomes clear that her loyalty to them has to be sacrificed for her motherland just as sacrifices are made at the Goddess's altar. Thengphakhri's silence at this point is convulsing with her inner turmoil and casts a dark cloud over the entire situation ready to burst into torrential reign of destruction. A pretentious silence overcasts the meeting between the Queen of Bijni, Macklinson and

www.ijmer.in 106 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Thengphakhri. Amidst the queen's applauding of Thengphakhri's role as a tehsildar what remains unsaid yet resonates with tremendous vibrations is the queen's pleading Thengphakhri cross over to the other side wherefrom she can exact justice for the oppressed native people than be a part of the colonial machinery. These insurgent activities in the novel take place only at the background and it is through murmurs and whispers that we are informed of the impending danger.

The natives recognise their exploitation and are stealthily planning an overthrow. Yet they fell into the trap of Macklinson and his men by deceptively making Thrngphakhri a partner to capture the rebel leader Price Ramchandra. Earlier Tribhuvan Bahadur had always acted as a veil protecting the British raj from the unknown, simmering heat of rebellion in the region. Yet Thengphakhri gradually realizes the mistakes and her involvement as a collaborator and instrument of oppression of her own people. The contemporary incidents broke the noise of her inner tussle and the silent vow of revolt echoed through. It seemed as if the bronze sword that had remained a passive object now reverberates with the cries of the oppressors' fear.

Conclusion

This is the last book by the well regarded Assamese author Indira Goswami, known for her use of literature to advocate for social and political change. Drawing on the idea of a strong female character described in local Bodo folktales, Goswami demonstrates the importance/involvement of the Bodo people in the nationalist fight against the British colonialists.

Thengphakhri is a tribal Bodo woman who was chosen to act as a Tehsildar or tax collector for the British in the late 1850s. Accompanied by her group of soldiers, she rode through the villages to collect taxes, using force if necessary. She has a very close relationship with several of her British superiors, whom she admires. With the

www.ijmer.in 107 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

passage of time when other British officers come to take over, leading to changes in policies, she ultimately prefers to join the freedom movement rather than continue working with them.

It seems that the prime intention of this book is to build a bridge and fill the gaps and misunderstanding resulting violence in Assam related to Bodoland movement during late 20th century. Goswami tactfully tried to place nationalist sentiments in the center stage, stealing the focus from the characters and story.

References:-

1. Goswami, Indira. The Bronze Sword of Thengphakhri Tehsildar. Translated by Aruni Kashyap, New Delhi: Zubaan, 2013 2. Goswami, Mamoni Raisom. Thengphakhri Tehsildaror Tamor Torowal, Guwahati: Jyoti Prakashan, 2011 3. Malhotra, Sheena and Rowe, Aimee Carriollo, ed. Silence, Feminism, Power: Reflections at the Edges of Sound, New York: London: Palgrave Macmillan, 2013 4. Nandy, Ashis. The Intimate Enemy: Loss and Recovery of Self Under Colonialism, New Delhi: OUP, 1983 5. Saikia, Tejoswita. The Conspiracy of Silence in Mamoni Raisom Goswami's the Bronze Sword of Thengphakri Tehsildar. IOSR Journal of Humanities and Social Science (ISOR-JHSS) Volume 21, Issue 1, Ver 1 (Jan. 2016) pp 50-53 e-ISSN: 2279-0837, p-ISSN: 2279-0845. Accessed on 13/04/20016 at 1:30 pm 6. O'Connell, Kaelin. "Articulating silence in the post-colonial Indian novel," http://scholarship. Richmond. edu/cgi/viewcontent. cgi?artic le= ho nors-thesis, Accessed on 31/10/2015, 1:50 pm 7. Said, Edward W. Orientalism, New York: Penguin Spivak, Gayatri Chakravorty. "Three Women's Texts and a Critique of Imperialism" http://www.jstor.org/stable/1343469? seq=1+ page_scan_tab_contents, Accessed on 31/10/2015, 2:20 pm

www.ijmer.in 108 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

QUERY BASED APPROACH FOR INFECTED SUGARCANE LEAF BY USING COLOR CBIR

Mr. B. Takale Dr. M.S. Chavan Rajarambapu Institute of Kolhapur Institute of Technology Technology Kolhapur Rajaramnagar, Sakharale India Islampur, India

Abstract

This paper presents Content Based Image Retrieval System for the Infected Sugarcane leaf by using Color Based Approach. Content-Based Image Retrieval (CBIR), also known as query by image content (QBIC) Content-based image retrieval (CBIR) system helps users to retrieve relevant images based on their contents. Content Based Image Retrieval (CBIR) technologies provide a method to find images in large databases by using unique descriptors from a trained image. Fungi- caused disease in sugarcane is the most predominant diseases which appear as spots on the leaves. If not treated on time, causes the severe loss. Excessive use of pesticide for plant diseases treatment increases the cost and environmental pollution so their use must be minimized.

Keywords: Image retrieval, feature extraction, similarity measures, Euclidean, Canberra, and City block distance, Content-Based Image Retrieval.

INTRODUCTION TO CBIR

In the early 1992s, as a result of advances in the Internet and Advanced Digital Images sensor technologies, the volume of digital images produced by educational, medical, industrial, scientific, entertainment and other applications available to users increased dramatically. Storage of such image data is relatively straightforward, but an accessing and searching image database is intrinsically harder than

www.ijmer.in 109

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

their textual counterparts. A major approach directed towards achieving this goal is to use low-level visual features of the image data to segment, index and retrieve relevant images from the image database. Advanced CBIR systems based on features like color, shape, texture, spatial layout, object motion, etc., and are cited in [1, 2, 3, and 4]. Of all the visual features, colors are the most influential and distinguishing one in almost all applications. Hence, our approach is to segment out prominent regions in the image based on color and pick out their features.

II. WHAT IS CBIR?

CBIR or Content Based Image Retrieval is the retrieval of images based on visual features such as color, texture, and shape. Reasons for its development are that in many large image databases, traditional methods of image indexing have proven to be insufficient, laborious, and extremely time consuming. These old methods of image indexing, ranging from storing an image in the database and associating it with a keyword or number, to associating it with a categorized description, have become obsolete. This is not CBIR. In CBIR, each image that is stored in the database has its features extracted and compared to the features of the query image.

III. Current CBIR Techniques The currently used CBIR techniques retrieves stored images from a collection of given images by comparing features automatically extracted from the images themselves. The most common features used are mathematically measures of Color, Texture or shape. A typical system allows users to formulate queries by submitting an example of the type of image being sought, through some offer alternatives such as selection from a particular image or sketch input. The system then identifies those stored images whose feature values

www.ijmer.in 110

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

match those of the query most closely, and displays thumbnails of these images on the screen [5].

A generic CBIR system is shown in figure 1. Some of the more commonly used features for image retrieval are described below.

Fig. 1 Content Based Image Retrieval System [5]

Figure 1 depicts the process of a CBIR system. The visual contents of the images are extracted and described by multi-dimensional feature vectors in the CBIR system. These vectors form a database. Users provide a query image into the system and from this query image the CBIR system extracts the feature vectors. The similarities/distances between the feature vector of the query image and the images stored in the database are then calculated. By using an indexing scheme, retrieval is then performed. So each image that is stored in the database has its features extracted and compared to the features of the query image. This involves two major steps:

 Feature Extraction: The first step in the process is extracting image features to a distinguishable extent.

www.ijmer.in 111

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

 Matching: The second step involves matching these features to yield a result that is visually similar.

IV. Introduction to Diseases on Sugarcane Leaf The situation of the any nation in the world depends on its financial position and the financial position of the countries depends on agriculture production. In the country like India the farmers have wide multiplicity to select their crop for cultivation to produce maximum yield depending on the environmental available. Then also the production gets affected by diseases on the crop. The diseases of the crop are caused by pathogens, deficiency of nutrients, fungi etc. Detecting at early stages enables to overcome it and treat it properly. This process requires an expert to disease; describe the method of treatment and protection. Identifying the plant diseases is not simple job. It requires experience & knowledge of plants & their diseases. It also requires accuracy in describing the symptoms of plant diseases. The quality and quantity of the agricultural production is affected by environmental parameters like rain, temperature & other weather parameters which are beyond control of human beings. Another major parameter which affects productivity of the crop is the disease where human beings have to control to improve the productivity for quality as well as quantity [10, 11].

The diseases can be controlled by proper disease management which is difficult task. This challenge can be converted to easiest task by using image processing for detecting diseases of leaf, stem, root & fruit. With image processing it is possible to detect the affected area, type of disease & severity of the disease. Most diseases are seen on the leaves or stream of the plant. Because of the complexity of visual patterns of the diseases there has been increasing demand for development of more specific and sophisticated image pattern understanding algorithms which can be used for studies like

www.ijmer.in 112

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

classifying scratch, scoring quantitative traits , calculating area eaten by insects , etc. Now almost all the tasks are processed manually or with distinct software packages. It is not only tremendous amount of work but also suffers from major issues [11]:

i) Excessive processing time.

ii) Subjectiveness rising from different individuals. The study of the Color based CBIR system for infected leaf, there are so many diseases found for Sugarcane leaf in Maharashtra state. We are finding out seven several diseases among all and they are as follows:

 Smut Disease  Rust Disease  Pokka Boeng  Banded Chlorosis  Mosaic Disease  Eye Spot  Wilt and Red Rot V. CBIR SYSTEM ALGORITHM In project, using Query based techniques for retrieving the images. In the CBIR, user interaction with the retrieval system is crucial since flexible formation and modification can only be obtained by involving the user in the retrieval procedure. User interface in image retrieval system typically consist of query formation part and result presentation part. Technique of query by image contents is used when images are retrieved on the basis of low-level features such as to color, texture and shape features. There are two most common methods in query by image contents, namely query by visual example and query by image specification.

www.ijmer.in 113

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

 Query by visual: With query by example, the user searches with a query image (supplied by the user or chosen from a random set), and the software finds images similar to it based on various low- level criteria. A number of retrieved images will be displayed in order of similarity. For example QBIC system uses this method of retrieval [6].

5.1 Color Feature Extraction Technique: Color is the most widely used visual content for image retrieval. It is relatively strong to background complication and independent of and orientation image size. The most common primary colors in computing are red, green and blue (e.g. colors used in a monitor).Generally colors are defined in three dimensional color spaces. These could either be RGB (Red, Green and Blue), HSV (Hue, Saturation and Value) or HSB (Hue, Saturation and Brightness). The majority image formats such as jpg, bmp, gif use the RGB color space to store information. The most important reason for this is because it retains compatibility with computer displays. However, the RGB space has the major negative aspect in that it is not perceptually identical.

Color histogram is the most commonly used feature representation techniques in Query based image retrieval systems for infected sugarcane images. The color histogram describes the percentage of pixels of each color in an image with easy and computationally efficient manner. Color histogram is obtained by quantizing image colors into discrete levels and then counting the number of times each discrete color occurs in the image. At search time, the user can identify the desired proportion of each color (65% red and 35% green, for example), or submit an example image from which a color histogram is calculated. During retrieval, the histogram

www.ijmer.in 114

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

of a query image is compared with the histogram of all the images in the database. [7]

In the infected sugarcane images for color feature extraction we are using two algorithms i.e. Color Histogram and Query based relevant images matching algorithm. By using these two algorithms we will get more matched images of infected leaf. Then subtract the query features from data base images by distance formulas. The result of these matching images is as per their distances.

VI. Implementation Method:

6.1 Hardware Requirements:

 Pentium 4 2.66 GHz /Intel 2.52 GHz+ processor.

 40 GB+ Hard Disk(minimum)

 Color Monitor.

 256MB RAM (Minimum)/512MB RAM (Recommended).

6.2 Software Requirements : MATLAB 7.0.1

 Image Processing Tool Box.

www.ijmer.in 115

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

 Wavelet Tool Box

 Microsoft Office Excel

6.3 Color Based CBIR

1. Generation of Color Histogram flow Chart:

2. Figure.2.Flow Chart for Generate Colour Histogram

Figure 3 Flow Chart for Image Retrieval System for Color Features

In proposed system for Fig. 3. Following steps will take out,

 Enter the no of Database images used for the system

 1st Select that folder which are containing .jpg Image

 Conversion of RGB(Red Green Blue) to HSV(Hue-Saturation- Value)

 Take Image size 64*3, If Image Size is not matched then resize the Image

www.ijmer.in 116

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

 If Image size is matched then Feature Extraction done.

 Insert Color Histogram Features into Database.

3. Image Retrieval System for Color features flow chart : In proposed system for Fig. 3.2 Image Retrieval System to display Relevant matched images following steps will take out,

 1st Reading Feature Extraction file

 Query Image taken from database

 Display the Image

 Conversion of RGB(Red Green Blue) to HSV(Hue-Saturation- Value)

 Convert the Query Feature into 192*100 sizes for easy & fast subtraction from Database. If size has not matched then Resize Image

 Subtract the Query Features of 100 Image from Canberra , Euclidean & City Block distance

 Search the Nearest value from Database

 If Threshold has matched then Display Top similar Images.

VII. IMPLEMENTATION & RESULT In the experimental result mainly focused on the database of different JPG images for infected sugarcane and mainly work on that images. The Query images are taken out from the database images. The live sample images of infected sugarcane are used, and for capturing the images SONY CYBER SHOT 14.1 Megapixel Camera is used. The live sample images are taken from various places i.e. from Pune district as well as Kolhapur district. On the sugarcane crop various diseases are observed because of their environmental condition, temperature, humidity and so many factors affected on the plant. So for that used

www.ijmer.in 117

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

automated Image Retrieval techniques for infected plant. The result is dividing into following groups:

1) Initially 7 Database of infected leaf images are used.

2) Each database containing 20 images for every disease.

3) Used this JPG images for Color, Shape, and Texture feature extraction of different algorithm.

4) The experimental result are extracting are as follows :

Color result :

 The figure below shows the Single Color feature extraction code and in that code using 20 JPG images.

 Then this code used for Histogram of 20 database images.

 Select one of the images as a Query image & retrieve the images as per their matching by using different distance formulas.

 The results are categories as per diseases on their distance formulas as follows

 For example taken Banded Chlorasis diseases among all.

 Canberra distance :

 G = G +(abs (querry_featu_100(jj, ii) - MASTER_DATA(jj,ii)))/(1+(querry_feature_100(jj, ii)+ MASTER_DATA(jj, ii)))

 Euclidean distance : E = E + (querry_featu_100 (jj, ii)-MASTER_DATA (jj,ii))^2

 City block : E1 = E1 + abs (querry_featu_100 (jj, ii)-MASTER_DATA (jj, ii))

www.ijmer.in 118

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

7.2 Evaluation Strategies : Performance evaluation has been a challenging issue in the field of content-based retrieval, primarily because of the difficulty associated with calculating quantitative measures to evaluate the quality of retrieval. There are several feature extraction techniques and retrieval techniques which have been developed, so it is better to compare and select the ones which give superior performance. For any information retrieval system, a strategy for evaluation involves determining the following aspects.

 The dataset should be large enough for the evaluation to be statistically significant. Also, the dataset should be general enough to cover a large range of semantics from a human point-of-view.

 The evaluation criteria should try to model human requirements from a population perspective.

 The evaluation metrics should depend on the objective of the CBIR system. Hence, the performance criteria for algorithms may be different for different purposes.

 The performance evaluation should be comprehensive. The comprehensiveness entails that all the targets of the CBIR system are considered.

 The metrics definition should be quantitative, normative, objective, and compatible with the human vision evaluation.[8]

7.2.1 Performance of CBIR:

Performance of image retrieval system can be analyzed by using two parameters precision and recall. As shown in Fig.8. Testing the effectiveness of the image search engine is about testing how well can the search engine retrieve similar images to the query image and how well the system prevents the return results that are not relevant to the

www.ijmer.in 119

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

source at all in the user point of view. A sample query image must be selected from one of the image category in the database. When the search engine is run and the result images are returned, the user needs to count how many images are returned and how many of the returned images are similar to the query image. The first measure is called Recall. All the relevant images from the database are recall. The equation for calculating recall is given below:

Number of relevant images retrieved(A) Recall = Total_number_of_relevant _ images_in_database(A + D) ……………… (4)

The second measure is called Precision. It is accuracy of a retrieval system to present relevant as well as non-relevant images from the database which is mathematically given as [9]:

() Precision = ___ _() ………………… (5)

A=Relevant Retrieved ,B=Not Relevant Retrieved ,C= Not Relevant Not Retrieved, D = Relevant Retrieved.

Figure 4 Evaluation of CBIR

www.ijmer.in 120

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

The goal is to find the optimum combination of techniques to be used for each class of query which results is the best possible Time, Accuracy and Redundancy Factor, as compared to using any single technique at one point of time. This will result in an ‘adaptive’ CBIR system, which can adapt itself according to query image given by the user and use the relevant techniques for the image retrieval process to produce the best results. The parameters, Time, Accuracy and Redundancy factor, are explained as follows:

1. Time: It is the time taken in seconds for the retrieval task to complete, at the end of which the system returns the images which are matched with the features of the query images, according to the technique used.

2. Accuracy: Accuracy of an image retrieval task is defined as the ratio of the number of relevant images retrieved to the total number of images retrieved expressed in percentage.

Accuracy = ∗ 100 ……….. (6) ___ _ Where, total number of images retrieved = number of relevant images + number of irrelevant images.

7.3 Result obtained using Color features: There are total seven diseases considered for checking of performance of algorithms used in the thesis. The Color, Shape and Texture result are divided into 3 groups as per their distance of matching the images. The result is categories on basis of different diseases on the sugarcane leaf.

VIII. CONCLUSION & FUTURE SCOPE

8.1 Conclusion The Content Based Image Retrieval system is one of the important fields in Query based Image retrieval and computer vision. In this

www.ijmer.in 121

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

paper, the system is able to categories the seven types of diseases on the Sugarcane crop. The algorithms test their performance in the following manner:

1. The Database of Images should be divided into seven groups for the simplicity.

2. The analysis of that result taken out from Precision, Recall rate and Accuracy in the percentage form.

8.2 Future Scope This CBIR application has some drawbacks and weaknesses that could be improved. Some of these drawbacks that could be improved in the future are the following:

 One of the main and core improvements is the Image Matching Algorithm. The system gets all images and sorts them by how close they are to the source image. However, the sorting algorithm (image matching algorithm) could be further improved to obtain better precision.

 It was found better to scale down images from 384x256 to 160x240. However images with sizes smaller than 160x240 would be scaled up and so would not obtain similar results. In addition, very large images would lose lots of visual information when scaled down to 160x240. Therefore it would be better to preprocess images in a certain way so that it will provide the same effect as scaling images down.

 In our developed system a color-histogram based low-dimensional technique has been implemented. Results are more favorable for database of images, for which the user provides a rich set of training images. Also the system can categorize the given images only into the categories for which the system is trained.

www.ijmer.in 122

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

 Color Histogram-based techniques are useful for matching images with similar color appearances, but this approach does not work with finer granularities. For retrieving images in finer granularities we have use a combination of image properties along with color histograms.

 Another issue that it will need to be addressed is the issue of distance measures between feature vectors.

 It is very difficult to take a clear picture without trimming off a leaf or a flower or controlling the environment.

 Comparing those analysis and taken Average for better performance of the result.

IX. RESULT AND DISCUSSIONS The result and analysis of specific diseases are as follows:

1. Banded Chlorasis Disease :

 Color Result :

 By Canberra distance

 By City block distance

www.ijmer.in 123

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

 By Euclidean distance

www.ijmer.in 124

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Implementation & Analysis of Result :

1. By Canberra Distance: Name of Precision Recall Accuracy Disease Rate Rate (%) Banded chlorasis 50 100 75 Eye spot 50 100 75 Mosaic 50 100 75 Pokka Boeng 50 100 75 Rust 50 100 75 Wilt & Red Spot 40 80 60 Smut 50 100 75 Table 1: Color Features by Canberra Distance

Color Features By Canberra Distance The analysis has shown maximum Precision rate is 50, Recall rate has maximum 100. So calculated maximum Accuracy 75 % and minimum Accuracy 60 %for Wild & Red for the Color features by Canberra distance.

Color Features By Canberra Distance

100

80

60

40

percentage 20

0

Precision Rate

Recall Rate

Name of Disease Accuracy

www.ijmer.in 125

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

2. By Euclidean Distance :

Name of Disease Precision Rate Recall Rate Accuracy (%) Banded chlorasis 53.33 80 66.67 Eye spot 40 80 60 Mosaic 50 100 75 Pokka Boeng 50 100 75 Rust 50 100 75 Wilt & Red Spot 50 100 75 Smut 50 100 75 Table 2: Color Features by Canberra Distance

Color Features By Euclidean Distance 100

80

60

40

Percentage 20

0

Precision Rate Recall Rate Accuracy Name of Disease The above analysis has shown maximum Precision rate is 50, Recall rate has maximum 100. So calculated maximum Accuracy 100 % for Eye spot, Mosaic, Pokka Boeng & Smut diseases and minimum Accuracy 84.44 % for Rust diseases the Color features by Euclidean distance.

www.ijmer.in 126

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

3 .By City-block Distance

Accuracy Name of Disease Precision Rate Recall Rate (%) Banded chlorasis 45 90 90 Eye spot 50 100 100 Mosaic 50 100 100 Pokka Boeng 50 100 100 Rust 44.44 80.00 84.44 Wilt & Red Spot 50 90 95 Smut 50 100 100 Table 3: Color Features by City-block Distance

Color Features By City-block Distance 100.00

80.00

60.00

40.00

20.00 Percentage

0.00

Precision Rate Recall Rate Name of Disease Accuracy

The above analysis has shown maximum Precision rate is 53.33, for Banded Chlorasis and Recall rate has maximum 100. So calculated maximum Accuracy 75 % and minimum Accuracy 60 % for Eye spot disease Color features by City-block distance.

www.ijmer.in 127

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

So color feature By Euclidean distance Analysis having better Accuracy 85 to 100 % as compared to other Canberra & City-block distance Analysis.

ACKNOWLEDGMENT

Author wishes to very much thankful to V.S.I. technology,Manjri(BK), Pune, Maharashtra(India) to provides live infected image of Sugarcane, E & TC Dept. Rajarambapu Institute of Technology, Sakharale(Sangli) and management and staff of JSPM’s Bhivrabai Sawant Polytechnic, pune for their valuable co-operation and support to complete these work

References

1. R. Schettini, G. Ciocca, S Zuffi. A survey of methods for colour image indexing and retrieval in image databases. Color Imaging Science:Exploiting Digital Media, (R. Luo, L. MacDonald eds.), J. Wiley, 2001.

2. R.C. Veltkamp and M. Tanase, Content-Based Image Retrieval Systems: A Survey, UU-CS-2000-34, Department of Computer Science, Utretch University, October, (2002).

3. Jain, R (1993) “Workshop report: NSF Workshop on Visual Information Management Systems” in Storage and Retrieval for Image and Video Databases (Niblack, W R and Jain, R C, eds), Proc SPIE 1908, 198-218.

4. Yong Rui and Thomas S. Huang, “Image Retrieval: Current Techniques, Promising Directions and Open Issues,” Journal of Visual Communication and Image Representation, 1999.

5. Long,Fuhui,”Fundamentals of CBIR. Home page Availablefromhttp://resera ch.microsoft.com/as ia/dload_f iles/gr oup/mcomputing,”,January 20,2005.

6. Flicker M, Sawhney, H. Niblack, W.Ashley, J. Huang, Q. Dom, B. Gorkani, M. Hafner, J. Lee, D. Petkovic, and Yanker P. 1995. Query by image content. The QBIC system IEEE Comput.28, 9, 23- 32.

www.ijmer.in 128

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

7. Mukherjea S., Hirata K., and Hara Y.1999 Amore: A world Wide Web image retrieval engine. In Proceedings of the International World Wide Web Conference (WWW).

8. Amandeep Khokher, Dr. Rajneesh Talwar: “International Journal of Engineering Science and Technology (IJEST)”, August 8, 2011.

9. N.S.T. Sai and R.C. Patil “International Journal of Computer Science & Technology (IJCSIT)”Vol.3, June 2011.

10. Jean Beagle Ristaino “Tracking the Evolution History of the Potato LateBright Pathogen with Historical Collections”, Outlooks on Pest Management, August 2006.

11. Jon Traunfeld: “Late Blight of Potato and Tomato, home & garden information

www.ijmer.in 129

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

EXPLORING SELF-EFFICACY OF HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS IN RELATION TO GENDER AND LOCALITY

Dr. Ritu Rani Sneh Lata Assistant Professor Student Department of Education Department of Education Chaudhary Ranbir Singh Chaudhary Ranbir Singh University, Jind University, Jind

Abstract

The Present paper intends to explore the self-efficacy among high school students. For this purpose, descriptive survey method was used. In order to measure self-efficacy of high school students, self-efficacy scale by Mathur & Bhatnagar (2012) was used and administered to a sample of 100 students chosen through systematic random sampling. Results of the study indicated that boys and girls did not differ significantly in their self-efficacy. Moreover, it was also revealed that students belonging to urban and rural area differed significantly in their self-efficacy beliefs.

Key Words: Self-efficacy, high school students,

1.0 Introduction

Education is a formal conservative process mainly confined to school campus. This formal process neglects the basic tendencies, interests and capacities of children and forces down predetermined tit-bits of knowledge through traditional methods. Thus, it does not promote the natural and holistic development of the child. The central task of education as said by Froebel is to “make the internal external”. So the effort of every true education should be to uncover all the abilities that are within. There are many factors like self-esteem, self-confidence, self-concept, self-efficacy, intelligence, personality and creativity etc that have significant impact on the general as well as academic life of

www.ijmer.in 130 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

the students. Researchers working in educational settings are increasingly paying attention to the students’ thoughts and beliefs which play a significant role in the learning process. These beliefs and thoughts what researcher call is self-efficacy. Self efficacy plays an important role in the field of education. Self-efficacy, a key element of social cognitive theory, appears to be an important variable because it affects students’ motivation and learning which have significant influence in the life of the students.

1.1 Self-Efficacy

Self-efficacy is a positive construct is that associated with mindfulness, consciousness, awareness, and will. The confidence or believe in self is termed as self-efficacy in behavioral sciences. Self-efficacy means self- confidence, self-reliance, self-assurance and trust on oneself. Self- efficacy is regarded as one’s optimistic self-reliance (Ahmed, Qazi and Jabeen, 2011).

The theoretical foundation of self-efficacy is found in Social Cognitive Theory (SCT), developed by Albert Bandura (1977, 1997). Self-efficacy is an individual’s belief in his or her capacity to muster the cognitive, motivational, and behavioral resources required to perform in a given situation (Bandura, 1997). In his book ‘Self-Efficacy- toward a Unifying Theory of Behavioral Change’ Bandura defined self-efficacy as “beliefs in one’s capability to organize and execute the courses of action required to produce given attainments.” He further noted that how people's behavior could often be better predicted by the beliefs they hold about their own capabilities than by what they were really capable of accomplishing. He believed that self-efficacy is a mechanism to explain individual behavior and defined it as a person’s perceived capability to perform behavior (Bandura, 1994).

Self-efficacy makes a difference in how people feel, think and act. In terms of feeling, a low sense of self-efficacy is associated with

www.ijmer.in 131 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

depression, anxiety, and helplessness. Persons with low self-efficacy have low self-esteem and they are dominated by pessimistic thoughts about their accomplishments and personal development. In terms of thinking, a strong sense competence facilitates cognitive processes and performance in a variety of settings, including quality of decision- making and academic achievement. Self-efficacy has an influence on preparing action because self-related cognitions are a major component the motivation process. Self-efficacy levels can enhance and impede motivation. People with high self-efficacy choose to perform more challenging tasks (Bandura, 1997).

Self-efficacy beliefs are not judgments about one's skills, but rather about one's judgments of what one can accomplish with those skills (Bandura, 1986). In other words, self-efficacy judgments are about what one thinks one can do, not what one has. These judgments are a product of a complex process of self-appraisal and self-persuasion that relies on cognitive processing of diverse sources of efficacy information (Feltz and Lirgg, 2001). Bandura (1977, 1986) categorized following four sources of self-efficacy as given in the figure 1

Figure-1 Sources of Self-Efficacy (Bandura, 1977)

www.ijmer.in 132 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Thus we can say that “self-efficacy” refers to someone’s beliefs about his ability to effectively perform the tasks needed to attain a valued goal.

1.2 Aim of the Study

The aim of the present study was to explore the self-efficacy of high school students in relation gender and locality.

1.3 Operation definitions of the terms used

 Self-Efficacy-Self-Efficacy is defined as the belief of individuals in their capabilities in terms of eight factors i.e. Self Regulatory Skills, Self-Influence, Self-Confidence, Social- Achievement, Self Evaluation, self-concept, Self Esteem and Self Cognition.

 High school students- are the students who are studying in 9th and 10th classes either in Govt. or Private schools in the age range of 15-17 years.

1.4 Objectives of the study

 To study and categorize the overall self – efficacy among high school students.

 To compare self-efficacy of high school students with respect to gender.

 To compare self-efficacy of high school students with respect to locality.

1.5 Hypotheses of the Study

 There exists no significant difference between boys and girls in their self-efficacy.

 There exists no significant difference in self- efficacy of students belonging to urban and rural area.

www.ijmer.in 133 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

2.0 STUDIES RELATED TO SELF-EFFICACY

Jamshidi, Pool and Khoshkordi(2012) analyzed the direct and indirect impact of emotional intelligence on employees’ self-efficacy. Results indicated that emotional intelligence has a positive and significant impact on employees’ self-efficacy. Sharma & Rani, R. (2013) conducted a study in which three dimensions of self-efficacy i.e. effort, initiative and persistence together accounted for 13.8% of variance in total personal growth initiative scores. Sharma & Rani, R. (2014) conducted a study for comparing self-efficacy in relation to some demographic profiles. The findings revealed that university postgraduates were not found to differ significantly by age-groups but significant differences were observed among university postgraduates by gender, locality and faculty. Rani, R.(2015) examined combined impact of self-efficacy, risk taking behavior and mental health among university postgraduates. It was found that self-efficacy (3 dimensions), risk-taking behaviour (5 dimensions) and mental health (3 dimensions) had significant combined impact on personal growth initiative.

3.0 Design of the study

3.1 Method -The present study was an attempt to explore self-efficacy of high school students. Descriptive Survey Method of research was employed for the present study.

3.2 Population and Sample- In the present study, students studying in Private high School situated in Jind District formed the population a sample of 100 students was selected from 4 schools which were conveniently available and students from these schools were selected through systematic random sampling technique.

3.3 Tool Used- Self-Efficacy Scale by Mathur and Bhatnagar (2012) was used. Self-efficacy scale intends to assess the level of self-efficacy in any age group above 14 years. It consists of 22 items on a likert five point scale dealing with eight factors.

www.ijmer.in 134 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

4.0 Analysis and interpretation of data 4.1 Identifying the levels of self-efficacy Table-1 Level of Self-Efficacy among High School Students Raw Level of self- Frequency Percentage score efficacy 22-51 Low 75 75% 52-81 Average 25 25% 82-110 High No 0%

From the table 1, it was clear that most of the student (75%) scored. between 22-51 on score scale which were categorized as having low self-efficacy .only 25% of students scored between 52-81 and were categorized as having average level of self-efficacy .Not even a single student scored between 82-110.So,none of the students had high level of self-efficacy.

4.2 Comparison of self-efficacy of boys and girls

In this section, self-efficacy score of boys and girls were compared. The

null hypothesis H01- “There exists no significant difference between boys and girls in their mean scores of self-efficacy” was tested. To verify above stated null hypothesis, the investigator has examined the data as presented in the table

Table-2 Comparing the Mean Self-Efficacy Scores of Boys and Girls z- Gender Mean SD N SEM Value Level of Significance Boys 42.89 6.49 38 1.05 Not significant at 0.05 1.77 level Girls 45.69 8.3 62 1.05

(p =0.05, Table value=1.96)

www.ijmer.in 135 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

From the table 2, it is clear that the calculated z-value (1.77) is smaller than table value at 0.05 level (1.96). So, it is taken as

not significant. Hence H01 “There exists no significant difference between boys and girls in their mean scores of self-efficacy” was retained. Thus, it can be concluded that the boys and girls did not differ significantly in their self-efficacy.

4.3 Comparing self-efficacy of students in relation to locality In this sub-section, mean self-efficacy scores of students belonging to urban and rural area were compared. The null

hypothesis H02-“There exists no significant difference in mean self efficacy scores of students belonging to urban and rural area” was tested. To verify above stated null hypothesis, the investigators has examined following data as presented in the table 3

Table 3 Comparison of Mean Self-Efficacy Score of Students in relation to Locality

z- Level of Locality Mean SD N SEM Value Significance

Urban 47.06 9.3 33 1.16 Significant at 0.05 2.245 level Rural 43.43 6.62 67 0.81

p =0.05, Table value=1.96 From the table 3, it is clear that the calculated Z-value (2.245) is

higher than table value at 0.05 levels ( 1.96). Hence H02- “There exists no significant difference in mean self efficacy scores of students belonging to urban and rural area” was rejected. So it can be inferred that students belonging to urban and rural area differed significantly in their self-efficacy.

www.ijmer.in 136 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

5.0 Discussion of results H “There exists no significant difference between boys and  01- girls in their mean scores of self-efficacy” was retained. It can be concluded that boys and girls did not differ significantly in their level of self-efficacy. But the results also indicated that. The mean score of girls (45.69) was higher than boys’ (42.89) mean score. So it can be inferred that girls have better self-efficacy as compared to their counterparts. The study is in contrast with the results of DeWitz, Woolsey and Walsh (2009), Singh and Udainiya (2009) & R. Rani(2014) who found significant difference in boys and girls in their self-efficacy.

H - “There exists no significant difference in mean self efficacy  02 scores of students belonging to urban and rural area” was rejected. It may be concluded that students belonging to urban and rural area differed significantly in their self-efficacy. The mean score of students belonging to urban (47.06) area was higher than students belonging to rural (43.43) area. So, students belonging to urban area have better self-efficacy than their counterparts. The study is in agreement with the findings of R.Rani(2014) who found significant difference in self-efficacy in relation to locality.

6.0 Findings of the study

 Findings revealed that in the present sample, 75% of the students were found to have low level of self-efficacy and 25% of the students have average level of self-efficacy. None of the students was found to have high level of self- efficacy.

 It was found that boys and girls did not differ significantly their self- efficacy. Therefore, no significantly difference was observed in self-efficacy in relation to gender.

www.ijmer.in 137 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

 The findings also indicated a significant difference in self-efficacy in relation to locality. Further, it was revealed that students belonging to urban area were found to have better self-efficacy than their counterparts.

7.0 Suggestions to improve self-efficacy On the basis of findings, there are some of the suggestions which can help the students to improve upon their self-efficacy beliefs:

1. The student should fix such aim in their life which they can achieve. 2. The student should make appropriate plans to achieve the goals. 3. They should not feel jealous about the achievement of peer groups. 4. They should try to utilize their abilities fully to achieve the goal. 5. They should try to make healthy relationship with peer group. 6. They should try to have healthy competition as much as possible. 7. They should try to fulfill their responsibilities in their life. 8. They should try to make use of inherent capabilities. 9. If goal has not been achieved, they should not feel upset rather they should learn from failures. 10. They should feel satisfied with their achievements. 11. They should try to be in their peer group so that they can learn from their strengths and weaknesses. References

1. Ahmed,I.; Qazi, T.F. and Jabeen,S.(2011). Self-Efficacy: The Predictor of Educational Performance among University Students. Information Management and Business Review, 3(2), 57-62.

2. Bandura, A. (1977). Self-Efficacy: Toward a Unifying Theory of Behavioural Change. Psychological Review, 84, 191-215.

3. Bandura, A. (1986). Social Foundations of Thought and Action: A Social Cognitive Theory. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.

4. Bandura, A. (1994). Self-Efficacy. In V.S. Ramachaudran (Ed.), Encyclopedia of Human Behaviour, 4, 71-81. New York: Academic Press.

www.ijmer.in 138 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

5. Bandura, A. (1997). Self-Efficacy: The Exercise of Control. New York: Freeman.

6. DeWitz,S.J.; Woolsey,M.L. and Walsh,W.B.(2009). College Student Retention: An Exploration of the Relationship between Self-Efficacy Beliefs and Purpose in Life among College Students. Journal of College Student Development, Volume 50(1), 19-34.

7. Feltz, D.L. and Lirgg, C.D. (2001). Self-Efficacy Beliefs of Athletes, Teams, and Coaches. In R. N. Singer, H. A. Hausenblas, & C. Janelle (Eds.), Handbook of Sport Psychology, 2nd ed. (pp. 340-361). New York: John Wiley & Sons.

8. Mathur, G.P. & Bhatnagar, R.K. (2012). Manual for self-efficacy scale (SES). Agra: National Psychological Corporation.

9. Rani, R. (2015). Personal Growth Initiative (PGI) as an Antecedent of Self-Efficacy, Risk-Takingb Behaviour and Mental Health. International Journal of Multidisciplinary Research, Vol. 4, Issue12 (5), 143-158.

10. Sharma, H.L., & Rani, Ritu (2013). Relationship of personal growth initiative with self-efficacy among university postgraduate students. Journal of Education and Practice, 4(16), 125-135.

11. Sharma, H.L. & Rani, Ritu (2014). Self Efficacy-A Comparison among University Postgraduates in Demographic Profiles. Research Journal of Educational Sciences, Vol. 2(1), 1-7pp.

12. Singh, B. and Udainiya, R. (2009). Self-Efficacy and Well-Being of Adolescents. Journal of the Indian Academy of Applied Psychology, 35(2), 227-232.

www.ijmer.in 139 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 140 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 141 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 142 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 143 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 144 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 145 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

RED SANDERS AS A GEOBOTANIC INDICATOR IN THE CLASSIFICATION OF THE CUDDAPAH SUPERGROUP

Prof. K. Kesava Raju Prof. R. Jagadiswara Rao Emeritus Professor Retired Professor Department of Geology Department of Geology S.V. University College S.V. University College Tirupati, A.P., India Tirupati, A.P., India

INTRODUCTION

Red Sanders, a plant species almost wholly confined in the entire World to a restricted area in the tropical dry deciduous forests in Chittoor, and Districts of Andhra Pradesh, has high export value. From the studies carried out in collaboration with the Forest Department of the Government of Andhra Pradesh and the Southern Region of the Geological Survey of India, the authors observed that Red Sanders us restricted to forests in the hill ranges of , Velikondas, Lankamalais and the southeastern tip of Nallamalais, occupied by Nagari and Pullampet Quartzites and Pullampet Shales and adjoining Bairenkonda, Cumbum and Irlakonda Quartiztes and Cumbum Shales in an area of about 1,900 square kilometres, lying between 130 30’ and 150 00’ north latitudes and 780 45’ and 790 30’ east longitudes. From this restricted distribution, it is suggested that Red Sanders could be used a geobotanical indicator of a straitigraphic Group within the Cuddapah Supergroup. While agreeing with the latest views of the Geological Survery of India that the Cuddapah Supergroup consists of Papaghni, Chitravathi and Nallamalai groups overlain by the Srisailam Quartzites, the authors find justification for the exclusion of the Nagari, Pullampet and adjoining formations supporting Red Sanders’ forests from the Nallamalai Group and for their inclusion under the Chayair Group, a

www.ijmer.in 146 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

term dropped by the Geological Survey of India, to include these formations in between the Chitravathi and Nallamalai Groups.

GENERAL STATEMENT

Geobotany is a branch of botany which emphasises that growth of plants any place is not only conditioned by physiographic and climatic factors, but also by the nature and properties of the substrate. In other words, visual or aerial photographic methods of studying the nature and distribution of plant communities and indicator plants and morphological changes in the tem in any area help to know the nature of soil, rocks, mineral deposits and subsurface waters. The ancient Indian astrologer, Varahamihira gave criteria for the location of ground water and its quality by studying plant species occurring in a locality (Prasad, 1980). Karpinsky (1841) was one of the modern scientists to recognise that different plant associates exist on varying geologic substrates and this might be used to characterise the geology of the area concerned. His work has led to the development of indicator geobotany particularly in Soviet Union (Chikishev, 1965; Viktorov et al., 1964).These works have inspired scientists of other countries to use indicator plants for location of mineral deposits. Examples of this are the use of selenium flora (Cannon, 1957) for locating seleniumuranium mineralisation and serpentine flora for locating chromite deposits (lyon et al., 1968). Kubstiw (1929) recognised certain soil-indicating plant communities such as Bodenanzeigends pflanzen. Malyuga (1964) noted a striking correlation between the geological and geobotanical maps of the Karmir-Karsky area near Kadzharan in Soviet Armenia. Brooks (1972) concluded that characteristics floras can be used in field work whenever geologic maps are either lacking or are of poor quality.

In the present study, it is noted that, but for Red Sanders, all other plant species in association with it are of common occurrence

www.ijmer.in 147 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

throughout the tropical dry deciduous forests of . As such, the present discussion is limited to the distribution of Red sanders only.

RED SANDERS A A GEOBOTANICAL INDICATOR

The restricted occurrence of Red Sanders within a very large tract in suth India having more ore less the same physiographical and climatological environment indicator. Geobotanical indicators have been used in locating and mapping groundwater, saline deposits, hydrocarbons, rock types and ore deposits (Hawkes and Webb, 1962). The restricted occurrence of Red Sanders to forest covered mainly by quartzites and subordinately by shales suggests that this species could be used as a geobotanical indicator of those rock types. But, from the restricted occurrence of Red Sanders to a restricted area comprising of quartzites and shales belonging to certain groups of the Cuddapah Supergroup of the Proterozoic era with a very large track of quartzites of Achaean and Proterozoic eras and shales of Proterozoic era, it is suggested that Red Sanders could be used for correlation of stratigraphic formations. It is possible that certain quartzites and shales formed during a short period in the Proterozoic era contained certain trace elements in significant quantities to favour the growth of Red Sanders.

GEOLOGY

The Red Sanders occur almost exclusively in the Nagari Quartzite, Irlakonda Quartzite, Bairenkonda Quartzite, Gulchervu Quartzite, Pullampet Quartzite, Cumbum Quartzite, Pullampet Shale and Cumbum Shale with the study area. It is absent in all other formations, including metasemdiments like quartzite and metabasic igneous rocks and granitic roks and unclassified dykes of Archaean era and formations like quartzites and shales of Cuddapah Supergroup and group outside the study area.

www.ijmer.in 148 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

About 82 percent of quality and non-quality Red Sanders ocdur in quartzites, while the remaining 18 percent occur in shales. There is not much of difference in the distribution of quality and non-quality Red Sanders among different geological formations, except that Nagari and Gulcheru Quartzites carry more quality Red Sanders than non- quality Red Sanders, whereas a reverse relationship is noted in Irlakonda and Bairenkonda Quartzites.

CLASSIFIC ATION OF CUDDAPAH SUPERGROUP BASED ON RED SANDERS

The distribution of Red Sanders in the various stratigraphic formations of the Cuddapah Supergroup is shown in Table 1.

www.ijmer.in 149 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

TABLE-I DISTRIBUTION OF RED SANDERS IN RELATION TO GEOLOGICAL FORMATIONS

Non Red Total Area Quality Non-Quality Total Sanders Geological Formations Red Sanders Red Sanders Red Sanders in Sq. Km in Sq. Km % in Sq. Km % in Sq. Km % in Sq. Km % Nagari Quartzite 1428.92 223.59 56.8 668.2 44.4 891.79 46.9 537.13 15.3 Irlakonda Quartzite 616.8 23.13 5.9 233.87 15.6 257 13.5 359.8 10.2 Bairenkonda Quartzite 246.72 17.99 4.6 131.07 8.7 149.06 7.8 97.66 2.8 Gulcheru Quartzite 53.97 17.99 4.6 23.13 1.5 41.12 2.2 12.85 0.4 Pullampet Quartzite 172.19 20.56 5.2 74.53 5 95.09 5 77.1 2.2 Cumbum Quartzite 182.47 25.7 5.3 95.09 6.3 120.79 6.4 61.68 1.7 Total Quartzite 2701.07 328.96 82.4 1225.89 81.5 1554.85 81.8 1146.22 32.6 Pullampet Shale 274.99 10.28 2.6 64.25 4.3 74.53 3.9 200.46 5.7 Cumbum Shale 1007.44 59.11 15.0 213.31 14.2 272.42 14.3 735.02 20.9 Total Shale 1282.43 69.39 17.6 277.56 18.5 346.95 18.2 935.48 26.6 Vempalle Limkestone 5.14 5.14 0.1 Koilkuntla Limestone 38.55 38.55 1.1

Granitic Rocks and Unclassified dykes 796.7 796.7 22.7 Mesediments and Metabasic Igneous Rocks 593.67 593.67 16.9

www.ijmer.in 150 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

The Geological Survey of India (Murty et al., 1978; Krishnaswamy, 1978, 1981) revised the age-old classification of the Cuddapah Supergroup. Now a discussion is made on the classification of the Cuddapah Supergroup, based on the distribution of Red Sanders.

PERCETN RED SANDERS IN THE GEOLOGICAL FORMATIONS OF THE CUDDAPAH SUPERGROUP

Group Formation Percent Red Sanders Krishna Group Srisailam Quartzite Nil Kolamnala Shale Nil Irlakonda Quartzite 13.5 Nallamalai Group Cumbum Shale & 20.7 Quartzite 7.8 Bairenkonda Quartzite Cheyair Group Shale & Nil Quartzite 8.9 Pullampet Shale & Nil Quartzite 46.9 Pulivendla Quartzite Nagari Quartzite Papaghni Group Vempalle Limestone Nil Gulcheru Quartzite 2.2

The presence of Red Sanders in the Nagari-Pullampet Formations but not in the Pulivendla-Tadipatri Formations, supports the latest view of theGeological Survey of India that they are not homotaxial.

As the Pulivendla-Tadipatri Formations are far away from theCheyair River, there is justification in including these formations under the Chitravati Group, after the name of the river that cuts across these formations.

As no unconformity has been noted between the Nagari- Pullampet Formations of theCheyair Group and the Bairenkonda-

www.ijmer.in 151 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Cumbum Formations of the Nallamalai Group, the term “Cheyair Group” has been dropped and both the Nagari-Pullampet Formations and the Bairenkonda-Cumbum Formations have been treated as homotaxial and included under the term “Nallamalai Group”. This supposition also receives support from the occurrence of Red Sanders in the Nagari-Pullampet Formations as well as in the Bairenkonda- Cumbum Formations.

Consideration of the Irlakonda Quartzite of the Krishna Group, occurring along the Velikonda hill ranges along the eastern fringe of the southern Cuddapah Basin as a lateral lilthofacies variation of the Pullampet (Cumbum) Shale also finds support from the occurrence of Red Sanders in the Irlakonda Quartzite of the Velikonda hill ranges.

As per the latest classification of the Geological Survey of India, the entire quartzite-Shale formations occurring all along the eastern portion of the Cuddapah Basin for a length of about 360 km, including the Irlakonda Quartzite and Kolamnala Shale of the Krishna Group ( a term now dropped by the Geological Survey of India) are included under the Nallamalai Group. Compared to the Papaghni and Chitravati Groups, the area occupied by the Nallamalai Group is enormously large. But, based on the distribution of red Sanders, the author proposes to split the Nallamalai Group of the Geological Survey of India into the Cheyair Group, consisting of the formations carrying Red Sanders, viz., the Nagari-Pullampet Formations of the original Cheyair Group (a term now dropped by the Geological Survey of India) and those Bairenkonda-Cumbum Formations and the Irlakonda Quartizte along the Velikonda hill ranges carrying Red Sanders. The new Nallamalai Group then consists of all other formations of the Bairenkonda-Cumbum Formations and the Irlakonda-Kolamnala Formations. In order to distinguish Irlakonda Quartzite in the Velikonda hill ranges, which is now included under the Cheyair Group, from the Irlakonda Quartzite near the Krishna River, which is included

www.ijmer.in 152 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

under the Nallamalai Group, the author proposes to rename the Irlakonda Quartzite along the Velikonda hill ranges as Velikonda Quartzite.

Apart from the distribution of Red Sanders, other factors that support the classification of the Nallamalai Group of the Geological Survey of India into the Cheyair and the Nallamalai groups are listed below.

1. The Cheyair Group of formations contains shales, which are generally unmetamorphosed, while the Nallamalai Group of formations contains slates, which were subjected to low-grade metamorphism. At places, phyllites, schists and finely- crystalline micaceous limestones occur in the Nallamalai Group.

2. The Cheyair Group of rocks strike essentially in a north- northwest direction, while the Nallamalai Group of rocks strike essentially in a north-northeast direction.

3. The Cheyair Group of rocks are structurally less distributed than the Nallamalai Group of rocks.

4. Granites and pegmatites cut across the Nallamalai Group of rocks, while no such intrusive rocks have been observed in the Cheyair Group of rocks. Based on this observation, Sen et al. (1964) even considered Nallamalai Formations to be older than the Cuddapah Formkations.

The dividing line between the Cheyair and Nallamalai Groups may be taken tentatively to coincide with the 150 north latitutde, south of which Red Sanders occur and north of which Red Sanders do not occur. This line roughly coincides with the change in the strike of the rock formations from north-northwest to south-southeast.

With the inclusion of all the formations carrying Red Sanders under the Cheyair Group, a distinct stratigraphic group recognised within the

www.ijmer.in 153 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Cuddapah Supergroup, the only anomaly then relates to the occurrence of Red Sanders in about 41 km2 of area in Gulcheru Quartizte of the Papaghni Group. Reconnaissance surveys in the area west of the Red Sanders –bearing Gulcheru Quartzite indicated that the species occurs only for a few more km2 in Gulcheru Quartzite. But, the major portion of the Gulcheru Quartzite and the entire Vempalle Formation overlying it are practically devoid of Red Sanders. The occurrence of Red Sanders in a small area of Gulcheru Quartzite in close proximity with the Nagari Quartizte indicate the influence of the latter formation for the growth of Red Sanders in the former formation. From this, it is concluded that, although from the distribution of Red Sanders, the Cheyair Group has been recognised broadly, it is necessary to conduct intensive photogeologic mapping with ground checks to delineate the exact boundaries of the Cheyair Group.

Red Sanders is also found on a minor scale in the forests of the hill ranges of Kambakam, Nagalapuram, Nagari and , which are comprised of outliers of quartzites within Archaean granitic rocks of Chittoor District. From the occurrence of Red Sanders, it is concluded that these formations should also be included under Nagari Quartzite of the Cheyair Group.

CONCLUSION It is concluded that Red Sanders is endemic to the Cheyair Group of the Cuddapah Supergroup. From the studies on Red Sanders, a four-fold classification of the Cuddapah Supergroup, modified after Krishnaswamy (1981), is proposed by the authors and given as follows.

www.ijmer.in 154 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

REVISED CLASSIFICATION OF CUDDAPAH SUPERGROUP

Based on the Distribution of Red Sanders

KURNOOL GROUP Unconformity

Srisailam Quartzites

Unconformity

Nallamalai Cumbum (Irlakonda, Kolamnala) Group Formations Bairenkonda Quartzites

Unconformity

Cheyair Pullampet (Velikonda) Formation Group Nagari Quartzite

Unconformity

Tadipatri Formation Chitravathi Group Pulivendla Quartzite

Cuddapah Supergroup Cuddapah Unconformity

Papaghni Vempalle Formation Group Gulcheru Quartzite

Eparchaean Unconformity

Granitic Rocks and Unconformity Dykes Unconformity

Archaeans Metasediments and Metabasic Igneous rocks

www.ijmer.in 155 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

References

1. Brooks , R.R., 1972. Geobotany and biogeochemistry in mineral Exploration: Harper and Row, Publishers, New York

2. Cannon, H.L., 1957. Description of indicator plants and methods of botanical prospecting for Uranium deposits on the Colorado plateau: U.S. Geological Survey Bull. 1030-M, p 399-516.

3. Chikishev, 1965; Viktorov et al., 1964

4. Hawkes and Webb, 1962.

5. Karpinsky, 1841

6. Kubstiw, 1929

7. lyon et al., 1968. Kubstiw , 1929

8. Malyuga, D.P., 1964. Biogeochemical methods of prospecting: Consultants Bureau, New York, pp.205.

9. Murty et al., 1978; Krishnaswamy, 1978, 1981)

10. Prasad,E.A.V., 1980. External features of vegetation of hydrologic indicator in Varahamihira’s Brihat Samhita: J. Indian Inst. Sci. 62 (B), pp . 123-144.

www.ijmer.in 156 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 157 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

HOW BIFURCATION CRIPPLED ANDHRA PRADESH

Lt. M. Kondala Rao Head and Assistant Professor Dept., of Commerce AMAL College, Anakapalli

Much against the interests of five crores Seemandhra people, the UPA-II Government supported by BJP, the main opposition party in Parliament bifurcated united Andhra Pradesh into Andhra and Telangana States in Feb 2014. This bifurcation brought severe damage to the residuary State of Andhra Pradesh more so on financial front. As a result, it changed into a deficit State while Telangana turned bifurcation led residuary State of AP into fiscal crisis, and how the trauma inflicted on agricultural and irrigation sectors of the State economy.

Loss of a Great city:-

1) According to official estimates, Hyderabad accounts for nearly 22per cent of the total revenue of the united State. The residuary State of Andhra Pradesh is deprived of this huge and lucrative revenue in post – bifurcation period. Frankly speaking, this was the basis for the demand for according it a special status to help it come out from financial stress caused by the bifurcation. The loss of Hyderabad, a great city in the world, has adversely affected the State of Andhra Pradesh in many ways. For example, the united State of Andhra Pradesh ranked 4th the country in terms or software exports primarily due to Hyderabad being the hub and centre of information technology. The efforts of Government to take IT to tier – 2 cities like Vizag, and Kakinada in the pre – bifurcation period did not yield desired results. Estimates also suggest that

www.ijmer.in 158 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Hyderabad account for 99 percent of the total exports of the country’s total IT and IT –enabled services from the two States. This is equivalent to 15 percent of the country’s total IT exports. Besides software exports, Telangana accounts for 33 percent of India’s total pharma output. As a result of bifurcation, the residuary State of Andhra Pradesh also lost a well-developed film industry located in Hyderabad, besides an International Airport.

2) It is well known that knowledge, talent, skills, capital and hard work of all and people from across the nation and beyond have contributed to the creation of brand Hyderabad. The world class infrastructure, Industrial parks,

3) Information technologies and knowledge networks, research and development hubs, international educational institutions and the dynamic urban megalopolis are all situated in Hyderabad. All these assets were apportioned between the two States based on geographical location, while the liabilities are apportioned on population ratio (58.32 per cent Andhra Pradesh, and 41.68 per cent Telangana). The residuary State has forfeited all major economic assets and inherited huge liability without having the wherewithal to service the debt.

4) Andhra Pradesh State by virtue of its location, is vulnerable to serous cyclones, floods, Tsunamis etc., and therefore would have to incur huge expenditure on relief and rehabilitation several times every year.

5) Hyderabad was the principal place of assessment for taxes and duties which together contributed nearly 45 per cent or VAT to the united Andhra Pradesh this provision would deprive the residuary State of its share in tax arrears amounting to hundreds of crores.

www.ijmer.in 159 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Fiscal Front:

A diligent analysis of the potential revenue receipts and expenditure for the 2014-15 F.Y. and the subsequent years indicate that the residuary State is likely to face monumental fiscal challenges. The total revenue receipts including the State’s own revenue, central taxes devolution, grants and market borrowings are likely to be less than 50% of the united State. However on the expenditure side due to the allocation of debt, salaries, pensions and subsidies based on population ratio, the residuary State of Andhra Pradesh will have nearly 60% of the united Andhra Pradesh expenditure. The result is an unprecedented high revenue deficit and fiscal deficit. During the last one decade, united Andhra Pradesh never experienced any revenue deficit and fiscal deficit has never crossed 3% of G S D P so far. The residuary State of Andhra Pradesh however is likely to have a revenue deficit of 4.8% and fiscal deficit of 7.18%. The expenditure on salaries and pensions in the new State of Andhra Pradesh will be around 73% of its own revenues, a steep increase from 58% in the combined State, leaving no room for developmental expenditure. The per capita income of the new State is much below the Telangana State. Andhra Pradesh State with 58.32% of the population earns only 46.6% of the VAT of the combined State. Further Andhra Pradesh has much higher debt burden compared to Telangana as population was the sole criterion for apportionment of debt between the two States. The Debt/GSDP ratio of Andhra Pradesh is 19.4% compared to 18.1 of Telangana.

With the kind of revenue deficit of Rs.18, 237/- crores for 2014- 15, the resources available for capital investment and financing the annual plan are likely to be the modest. Against a requirement of more than Rs.32, 000 crores for the plan as per 2014-15 vote on account budget, the resources available are around Rs.5791 crores only thus entailing to borrow about Rs. 26,000 crores.

www.ijmer.in 160 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

So for the State has been using market borrowings strictly for capital expenditure. However the residual Andhra Pradesh will have to borrow significant amount to finance the revenue expenditure that would not create any capital assets. A continuation of this trend is likely to lead to fiscal imbalance which may result in irreparable damage to the State economy and adversely affect assist the growth and development of the State.

Agricultural Front:

One of the casualties of bifurcation has been the agricultural research, development and above all, the training of new generation of agricultural scientists, as the only agricultural university in the united Andhra Pradesh is in Hyderabad gone to Telangana State. To make matters worse, several important agricultural institutions like the DNA Finger Printing, Tissue Culture and Oil Analysis Laboratories, Bio pesticides Quality Control Laboratory and pesticide Residue Testing Laboratory are located in Telangana State. The apex Agriculture Training Institute SAMETI is also located in Hyderabad. It would be a major challenge in terms of financial and human resources to replicate such institutions in the State of Andhra Pradesh under present financial crisis.

Significantly Telangana districts have been the major producers of paddy seed production. It has 969private seed processing units compared to 309 in Andhra Pradesh. The bifurcation therefore has seriously affected the paddy seed production and processing capacity that is essential for sustaining and accelerating agricultural production and increasing productivity to ensure food security not only for the people of Andhra Pradesh but also for the rest of India.

As earlier stated, Andhra Pradesh by virtue or its location is prone to floods, cyclones and droughts. During the period from 2008- 2009 to 2013-14, of the 20.16 lakh hectares of agricultural land affected

www.ijmer.in 161 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

by natural calamities in the united Andhra Pradesh, 15.16 lakh hectares i.e. more than 75% was in the 13 Districts of residuary Andhra Pradesh.

Irrigation Front:

The Andhra Pradesh Reorganisation Act has brought the management and operation of projects in the Krishna and Godavari basins serving the State of Andhra and Telangana under the control of River Management Boards. For the first time in the history of independent India, the water resources management that has been in the exclusive domain of the states has been taken over by the Government of India. This would have significantly reduced the authority and discretions of the successor states in matters relating to the quantum and timing of water release, operation and maintenance of projects etc.

The White Paper on Impact of State Reorganisation, released by the Chandrababu Naidu government in which BJP is also a partner, states that a number of contradictions, commissions and inadequacies embedded in the Andhra Pradesh Reorganisation Act 2014 are having an adverse impact on the health and well-being of both successor States. The White Paper further says “The Act by its conception and content has created disequilibrium, with negative consequences to the residuary Andhra Pradesh “Some of the areas where the Act has done injustice to the residuary State are:

1. Making mandatory for the Governor to consult the council of ministers of the State of Telangana while discharging his responsibilities.

2. Reduction in the amount of tax devolutions recommended by the 13th Finance Commission above Rs 840 crores during 2014-2015.

www.ijmer.in 162 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

3. Appointment of assets on geographical location, basis while liabilities on population basis.

4. Mutually contradictory explanations of tax arrears (Sec.51) and tax refunds (Sec.56)

5. Failure on the part of the UPA Government to pay adequate attention to the principles and methodology for reorganisation of state enterprises and apportionment of assets and liabilities between the two states while formulation the Act.

6. 55 Government entities whose services are required by both states in their entirety are not amenable to sharing between the two States.

7. A curious situation was created by including the HODs and regulatory agencies in the schedule-X while excluding several other entities that have been established under the central and State statues.

8. The Act remained silent on the apportionment of staff, assets etc; of the above institutions between the two States.

9. Institutions established under the statue like the Information Commission, State Election Commission, Lokayuktha, Human Rights Commission etc have not fund place anywhere in the Act.

10. The Act is silent about central assistance or any other assistance for construction of new capital.

Conclusion:

The BJP at Centre before it came into power has given several promises including 15 years of special status to Andhra Pradesh. Now it took a U-turn. The BJP leadership has been quibbling on the promise

www.ijmer.in 163 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

of special status, and often talks of a special package that shall be better than the special status. The Andhra Pradesh Government wants both special status and special package as the latter is not a perfect substitute to the former. The Centre has already announced election eve bonanza of Rs. 1.25 lakhs crores to Bihar. The Raghuram Rajan Committee (2013) has also categorised united Andhra Pradesh State as a less developed State. The bifurcation further compounds the problem. Since Andhra Pradesh is a newly born State facing severe financial crisis on account of bifurcation it needs still a better package than Bihar package which is an election promise made outside that in too an election campaign meeting, while the promise of special status to Andhra Pradesh is a Parliamentary assurance given by a Prime Minister. Anything less than Bihar package would tantamount to despising the Andhra people. We will wait and see how the centre would react to the infuriated five crore Andhra people.

www.ijmer.in 164 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

సం సరప సాల . నడపన ంకటశర ావ

డ ఇ ెలగ

అేప సతాయణ మ పభత కాల , . . ాలల ప ల

‘ ’ . స పరక తవ కడ లక ేర అ అరం స పరక . తవ నుంే సం అ పదం ఏరం సం అ ప కక లక ేక 1. . అ అరం ఇలంట సం సంత క నపే ఏరడతం ఈ సంత “ ”2 . ప ాణ పరసకర సం అ రంర ండ వాల అర . మ ాలం కంట ఎకవ వవనం లకం ఉచంచబడట సంత ఈ ‘ ’ , , సంత అ పదంలనూ తప సరల కలకలను సమసంలను . 3 తంా ఉంటం ాకంల మతం వ ననుసం ఉంటం అ శబ . సుభంల ెపబం ఇలంట సంత కనపడ సంసృతంల అచుల

హల ల లాగమేశ పకృ ాల ఏై కలగవచున సంసృత . ౖయకరణ లం అంకంర ఈ రకన భజన ఏ ా సంధుల . వసుంద ెపవచు ‘ ’ ‘ ’ గంన లియ త ను ాిన లియ . అ ాకరణ గంధంల ౖ రకన భజ ేార అే ాట ఆయన తళ . ‘ ’ . పల ఉపంర సం అ ప పణ అ ప ార ‘ ’, . ఈ పణ మఖంా ఇయల పణ ారపణ అ ండ రాల . ఇయల అంట ఏ ధన మర లకం ఉండడమ అరం ఇయల

www.ijmer.in 165

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

. పణ అంట ఏ ధన మర లకం ఉంే సంయ అరం ార . ‘ ’ అంట మర అ అరం ఈ మర వే సంధు ారప పణ అ . . 1. ( ) రంర ఈ మర మడ రాలా ఉంటం కత ఆగమం 2. ( ) 3. ( )4. ిత ఆేశం క ఱ లపం . ఈ రకన భజ ాకం సం లగ రాలా ఉంటంద ెాడ 1. . 2. సా సరం పరంా ఉనపడ వే సం సా వంజనం పరంా . 3. . ఉనపడ వే సం వంజ వంజనం పరంా ఉనపడ వే సం 4. 5a. వంజ సరం పరంా ఉనపడ వే సం ఏ షల ౖన స సం . ఈ ల సాల జరగతం

లియ సంల శబల క సా బట ండ లా . భంర “I.a. . ాపక భ పతయం పరంా ఉనపడ క సం ‘ ’ ( ) . b. ఉరప పణ భ సంబం సం అంటర య పతయల . ‘ ’ ( ) ేటపడ క సం క పణ య సంబం సం .”5b అంటర

(Internal Sandhi) . ఈ ంంట పద మధ సం ా ెపవచు “II.a. ( ) ట పణ సమస సం b. ( ).”6 ా ట పణ ాక సం (External Sandhi) . ఈ ంంట పంత సం ా నవచు . కనడ ౖయ కరణల లణం ఉంటం ండ ా . అంతకంట ఎకవ ా అన వాల కక సం అనబడతం “ ఎరడ పలవం వరం

www.ijmer.in 166

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

పరసరం కడ వంద మదు సం వలం

సర రత వంజన మవ ”7 పరవరమ ౖదు ర ా సంత , . ఈ సం పద మధ సం పంత సం అ ండ రాలా ఉంటం “ పద మధం పద దంతం

దగం సం షయ రడక

త పకృ పతయ ”8 దద పదయగ బర బరదఱం , , తళ కనడ ాకరల సం లణల సం ాల ా ాస సం . లణల ాల దగరా ఉ “ (Morphemes) ా ాస అరాల కి పదంా ఏరే , , టపడ పల కి ాకంా ఏరేటపడ ాటల ధనుల పరసర . పవం వల లక తక ారణల వల మర ెందుత ఉంట ఇట 9”. వంట ధనుల క మర సం అంటర

ండ అరాల కి పదంా ఏరేటపడ జ సం పద మధ సం (Internal Sandhi) . అంటర ండ పల కి పదంా ఏరేటపడ జ (External Sandhi) . సం పంత సం అంటర , కనడ ాకరల క ఈ రకంా పద మధ సం పంత సం అ . ధంా గం ేినట ౖన గమంం

లియ కడ ాపక భ పతయల పరంా ఉనపడ , క సం గ తవ య పతయల పరంా ఉనపడ క

సం గ ెార కనుక పద మధ సం కడ ఆయన సంా గంర . ెపవచు

www.ijmer.in 167

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

, , అే ెలగ ాకరలన తన దన నయసూరల పద మధ . , సం గ పేకంా ెపలదు తన దనల సం లణల , , నయసూ సం లణం కంట నంా తళ కనడ ాకరల సం . లణలను ఉ “ ద పదమ త వరమ

వదలక ౖ పదమ ద వరమ డ ...... ”10 గయగ సంధుల ఁదగ “ ఆ శబంత వరంబ నంత శబ ”.11 పర వరంబ ఁగడఁబత ేఁత సంయగ , తన దన లణలను బట ార క పంత సం సంా . గంనట ెలసుం అానుైన బలాకర “ ”12. పర పర సరంబలకఁ బరసరం బాేశంబగట సం యనంబడ . అ సర సం అందు పరసాేశ సం సంా డ

ఆ శబంత వరం అనంతర శబ వరం ఇతా వవత ేరడ తదుల

సం లణం ాబట తదుల సం లణం బల ాకరణ ార సం లణం . కంట అక ాి క ఉంద ెపవచు

సూ పారం సా సరం పరంా ఉనపడ వే పరసాేశ

సంే సం ాబట సా సరం పరంా ఉనపడ వే లాామేా . ాాల సం ాాల ాక వలి వసుం అే ట క సం . పేదం ల ఆయన ేార ా ఆయన తన సం రచ ’11 ’ . అనుగణంా దట సూల ఆయన సం శబ ార న , , . ట ఆగమంబగ ఆేశంబగ లపంబగ అ ధంా ెార ా సం . శబ ాడలదనమట అే ఈ ఆగమేా ాాల సం

www.ijmer.in 168

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

దశయందు క మరల ాబట అ క ఈ పేదంల ేరబయ . , ెపవచు అచు అచు పరంా ఉనపడ అచు హల పరంా , , ఉనపడ హల హల పరంా ఉనపడ హల అచు పరంా ఉనపడ . క సం ాాల సం పేదంల వంచబ అే పద మధ . ‘ సం గ పేకంా సూ ెపలదు సం పేదంల అప ”13 . సరసం మతం పద మధ సంా మనం గంచవచు పద మధ

సం గ ఆయన పేకంా ెపక ఆయ పేల సంతల , పకృ పతయలక మధల వే మరలను తవక య పతయల . పరంా ఉనపడ క మరలను ఆయన వంర , బలఢ ాకరణలల ఉన సంధు మఖంా పద మధ సంధుల . పంత సంధుల అ ండ రాలా భంచవచు :- + = ; + = ; పద మధ సం మర ఎడ మడ ేయ ఆక ేయక :- + = . . పంత సం ామడ అతడ ామఁడతడ

సంధుల షల ల సమయ ాంచ . ‘ ’ . పవసుంట ఉహరణ తవ సుంం ెలగల ‘ ’ . ‘ ’ మరనం మందు న ారం ఉండదు ాబట అటవంట ట న ారం ‘ ’ . ణ ారంా మరతం – > ( ) ట ట ంట

ఇటవంట ట నారం ణ ారంా పవరనం ెందడమ బా . ‘ సవం ద ఆరప ఉంటం ాబట ఇటవంట ాక ’ (Automatic Alternation)14 . పవరనం అంటర (Non- Automatic Alternation) ఇక అాక పవరనం గ . . ెలసుంం సషత సం మందు ఈ ఉహరణలను గమంచం

www.ijmer.in 169

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

+ > , + > , ేయ ఇ ేి ాయ ఇ ాి + > , + > , ేయ ఇ ేి ాయ ఇ ాి + > , + > , ేయ ఎను ేను ాయ ఎను ాను + > + > . ేయ ఎ ే ాయ ఎ ా , ౖ ఉహరణలను గమ య ాాంత తవల ఇ ఎ అ సాల . పరంా ఉనపడ యారం సారంా మరతంద ెలసుం అే , యారం సారంా మరడమ ఇ ఎ అ వాల సవం ద ఆరపం . . - ాదు ా ఆయ పరసాల మత యారం సారంా మరతం ఈ య . స పవరనం పకనున వాల సవం ద ఆరపం ాదు ాబట ‘ ’ (Non- Automatic Alternations)15 ఇలంట ాట అాక పవరనల అ . అంటర . ఇక ారక పవరలను గం ెలసుకంం యతన (Regular పసాల తరచుా వే పవరనలను ారక పవరల Alternations) , ‘ ’ అ ల అరదుా జ పవరనల ాత పవరల (Irregular Alternations) . అ అంటర ాక పవరల ల వరక . . ారాల అాక పవరల క ారాలౖ ఉండవచు , నుక ఉదహంన ఉహరణల యాాంత తవల ఇ ఎ అ సాల . పరంా ఉనపడ య ారం సారంా మరతంద గమంం ఇ . , అాక పవర అ ఇ ఎ అ సాల మందు య ారం స ారంా . మరడమ య ాాంత తవ లటలను జరగతం ాబట ఇ . ‘ ారక పవరన అందుేత ఇలంట ాట అాక ారక ’ . పవరన ల ఉహరణలా ెపవచు

www.ijmer.in 170

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

. ఇక ాత పవరనల గం ెపవలి ఉం ెలగ యల ‘ ’ ‘ ’ , ‘ ’ ‘ ’ వచు అ ా అ చూచు అ చూడ అ ఆేశంా . ‘ ’ ‘ ’ వసు ఇకడ దట ంట వచు అ ం అర ామం ల ా . , అ ఆేశం అల ంో ఉహరణంల కింే చ డ ల పవరనం . ‘ క న షల ఎక కించదు అందుేత ఇలంట ాట ాత (Irregular Alternations) . పవరనల అంటర , (Morphemically and ఇక పంశ ేయ వర ేయ సంధుల Phonemically Conditioned Alternations) . గ ెలసుంం ఒక

పదంల ల పంశంల వరం ల వాల మర ఒక పంశం ారణం . ావచు ఇకడ మర ారణం ఒక పంశం ాబట ఇలంట సంధు ‘ (Morphemically Conditioned Alternations) పంశ ేయ సంధుల . / అంటర ఒక పదంల ల పంశంల వరం వాల మర పకనున / . వరం వాల ారణం ావచు ఇకడ మర ారణం పకనున ఒక / ‘ ’(Phonemically వరం వాల ాబట ఇలంట సంధు వర ేయ సంధుల Conditioned Alternations) . అంటర :- పంశ ేయ సంధుల “ , , ‘ ’ బహవచవం పరంా ఉనపడ ేను ను ను శబలల ను ”.18 వరం లిసుం + > ; + > ; + > ; ేను ల ేల ను ల ల ను ల ల , , ‘ ’ ఇకడ ేను ను ను అ శబల ను వరం లించ ారణం ‘ ’. పరంా ఉన బహవచన పతయన ల బహవచన పతయన

www.ijmer.in 171

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

‘ ’ . ‘ ’ ‘ ’ ల అ పంశం ౖ ఉహరణల ను లించ ారణం ల అ . ‘ ’ . పంశం ాబట ఇలంట ాట పంశ ేయ సంధుల అంటర :- వర ేయ సంధుల ‘ , , , ఇారం ద ఉన క ను వ సమపక య భకలల ఉారం .19 ఇారంా మరతం + > ; + > ; హ ను హ వ వ వ + > : + > ; క క క ెి ను ెి ‘ , , , ’ ‘ ’ ‘ ’ ఈ ఉహరణల కమంా ను క వ ను లల ఉ ారం ఇ ారంా . మర ారణం పరమందున ఇ ారం క పవ . అంట ఇకడ మర ారణం ఒక సరం అందుేత ఇలంట ాట ‘ ’ (Phonemically Conditioned Alternations) . వర ేయ సంధుల అంటర , , ౖన న ధంా పద మధ సం ాక పవరనం అాక , , పవరనం ారక పవరనం ాత పవరనం ఇా ెపక

బల ఢ ాకరణలల ఆయ పేల ఆయ సందాల ఈ ాాల . చంచబ

ాదసూకల 1. - 309 ఆంధ ా ాసమ పట 2. – 1-4-109 ాణయమ 3. “ , | , సంైక పే తప సరః సమ ాత ” – 376 ా వ మే ెనుఁగ ాకరణ ాసమ పట 4. 108 – – 309 ఎళ త ఆంధ ా ాసం పట 5a 113 – PSS P.72 ఎళ త

www.ijmer.in 172

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Dravida Sandhi by LVR AYYAR – P 267; the Quarterly Journal of Mythic Society Vol.XXV; – 392 ెనుఁగ ాకరణ ాసమ ప 5b – 393 ెనుఁగ ాకరణ ాసమ ప 6. Ibid – 393 పట 7. – 49 8. ibid – 50 శబమణ దరణమ 9. – 75 ఆధుక ా ాస ింల పట 10. – 12, 44 ఆంధ ా భషణం పట పదం 11. – 165, 45 ాాలంార చూమణ పట పదం 12. – – 1 బల ాకరణం సం పేదమ సూతం 13. – – 11 బల ాకరణం సం పేదమ సూతం 14. – ( ) 83 ఆధుక ా ాసమ వరతక ాకరణ రచన ాసం పట 15. , ( ) 83 ఆధుక ాాసమ వరతక ాకరణ రచన ాసం పట 16. , ( ) 83 ఆధుక ాాసమ వరతక ాకరణ రచన ాసం పట 17. , ( ) 83 ఆధుక ాాసమ వరతక ాకరణ రచన ాసం పట 18. – 20 బల ాకరణమ ఆక పేదమ సూతం 19. Ibid’’ – – 26 . తతమ పేదమ సూతం

www.ijmer.in 173

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

FACTORS IDENTIFICATION FOR MERCHANDISING OF COSMETICS PRODUCTS USING CLUSTER ANALYSIS

Nutan Tripathi Prof (Dr.) D. S. Chaubey Research Scholar Dean, Research & Studies Department of Management Studies Uttaranchal University Mewar University, Dehradun. Chittoregarh,Rajasthan

Dr. Durgesh Mani Tripathi Principal Aryakul College of Pharmacy and Research Bijnore Road, Lucknow

Abstract

In an age of globalizations, average consumers today are very demanding when it comes to the layout and aesthetics of any establishment they visit. They want to be attracted and motivated to enter a shop or stall and in that moment of decision-making rests the difference between a prospect and a sale for retailers. Successful retailing businesses always wish to create a distinct and consistent image in the customers mind. Visual merchandiser can help create that positive customer image that leads to successful sales. Visual merchandising therefore has become a critical aspect of retailing and retailers are increasingly looking toward creating a unique environment that is aesthetically pleasing as well as being cost effective. The present study explores the major driving force for the Indian Consumers to buy Cosmetics. Another objectives was to study the visual merchandising and its role in stimulating customers in favour of purchase of cosmetics. In a survey of 193 respondents, the study indicates that television is the most reliable source of information as perceived by the respondents. Through innovation, cosmetic manufacturers provide better and better products while ensuring that

www.ijmer.in 174 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

consumer safety remains their highest priority. Factor Analysis was carried out and following five factors has emerged. This include; Creative Assortment, Attractiveness, Interesting, Desirability and Merchandising stimulant. Among the favour factors, merchandising attractiveness has emerged as one of the main important criteria influencing customers in favour of particular brand of cosmetics/skin care products. It is suggested that with the help of various permutation and combination, retailers must enhance product visibility to enhance product preferences and boost consumption.

Key words: Merchandising, Product visibility, merchandising stimulant, etc.

INTRODUCTION

In an age of globalizations, average consumers today are very demanding when it comes to the layout and aesthetics of any establishment they visit. They want to be attracted and motivated to enter a shop or stall and in that moment of decision-making rests the difference between a prospect and a sale for retailers. Successful retailing businesses always wish to create a distinct and consistent image in the customers mind. Visual merchandising has emerged as one of the powerful tool to lure customer. According to the AMA (American Marketing Association), merchandising is a wide term that encompasses promotional activities run by the manufacturer in the form of special presentations that take place within establishments, as well as initiatives run by the retailer to make the product stand out. In any case, merchandising refers to commercial actions at the point of sale aimed to stimulate customer purchases as soon as they enter the establishment.

Segmenting the Consumer Markets: strategy of market segmentation started in the later part of 1950s. It is based on the assumption that all potential customers are not identical and that a firm should develop the

www.ijmer.in 175 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

different marketing progammes for different groups of people. The purpose of segmentation is the concentration of marketing force on the subdivision to gain a competitive advantage within the segment. Markets can be segmented in many ways. Segmentation variables are the criteria that are used for dividing a market into segments. The chosen criteria should be good predictors of the differences in buyer behavior. There are three broad categories of consumer segmentation criteria.

 Behavioural variables such as benefits sought from the product and buying patterns such as frequency and the volume of purchase may be considered as the fundamental basis.

 Psychographic variables are used when purchasing behavior is correlated with the personality or life style of the consumers. Consumers with different personalities or life styles have varying product preferences and may respond differently to the marketing mix offerings.

 Profile variables are valuable in describing the customers of the identified group. The objective of profiling is to identify and locate the customers age wise, socio-economic group wise etc. so that they can be approached by the marketers easily.

The increasing interest in merchandising can be credited to current studies that show that unplanned purchases make up between 46 and 70% of total purchases (Bezawada et al., 2009, Inman et al., 2009 and Bell et al., 2011). That is, there are purchases that are decided at the store and thus, are very influenced by commercial incentives that arise in it. Thus, from the manufacturer’ point of view, the effective segmentation on the basis of their opinion about merchandising will be very useful actions to increase the visibility and attraction of their brands at the point of sale.

www.ijmer.in 176 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Beauty and personal care value sales recorded healthy growth despite high inflation and increased retail prices. Beauty may be glamorous, but its allure goes more than skin deep. It's also a growing multi-billion dollar industry packed with ample opportunity to flex creative muscles and hone business and marketing skills. Beauty industry insiders design and promote the skin, hair, body, fragrance, and colour products that help everyone look and feel his or her best. Visual merchandising is a retail strategy that maximizes the aesthetics of a product with the intent to increase sales. Visual merchandising can also play a role in the look, feel and culture of a brand. Done well, it can create awareness while simultaneously increasing brand loyalty. Most importantly, it can draw customers in and close the sale – all based on the aesthetic quality of your retail display. In the broadest sense, merchandising is any practice which contributes to the sale of products to a retail consumer. At a retail in-store level, merchandising refers to the variety of products available for sale and the display of those products in such a way that it stimulates interest and entices customers to make a purchase. Today’s customers have many shopping choices, as the merchandise is available easily. Some make purchases on the internet they don’t have to worry about the long hours of operation, parking or getting large purchases home. So as compared to the past with development in technology retailers job have become more difficult. In retail commerce, visual display merchandising means merchandise sales using product design, selection, packaging, pricing, and display that stimulates consumers to spend more. This includes disciplines and discounting, physical presentation of products and displays, and the decisions about which products should be presented to which customers at what time. Retailers need to create an exciting store design with innovative merchandising techniques to make people come and visit the stores. Here comes the role of visual merchandiser which creates the store design.

www.ijmer.in 177 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Indian Cosmetic Market cosmetic market has witnessed phenomenal growth over the last few years. As the Indian economy is improving, the youth are becoming more aspirational and demand for are increasing substantially. Traditionally the Indian cosmetic market was dominated by female consumers, but with the passage of time the demand for men’s grooming products is also increasing and the male are also becoming more beauty conscious. Over the last few decade, the Indian cosmetic market has witnessed a significant growth of various cosmetic segments such as hair Care, skin care, fragrance, make-up, others etc.

Table-1: Global Cosmetic Market Segments (2014)

Cosmetic Products Market Segments Share Hair care Shampoos, conditioners, styling products, 23% hair color, etc. Skin care kin moisturizers, cleansers, facial 35% products, anti-aging products etc. Fragrance Perfume, Essence, deodorants, etc. 13% Make up Lipstick, nail polish, blush, eye shadow, 17% foundation, etc. Others Toothpaste, sunscreens and other personal 12 care products etc. Source:http://www.consultancy.uk/news/2810/cosmetics-market-worth- 181-billion-loreal-dominates

The increasing beauty concerns among both gender are propelling the Indian cosmetics industry, which has witnessed a strong growth in the last few years. The country’s cosmetic sector has emerged as one of the markets holding and strong growth potential. The market segmentation and choice analysis of customer will help the marketer to position its product effectively. with rising purchasing power and growing fashion consciousness, the industry is estimated to expand and call for an effective positioning of products.

www.ijmer.in 178 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Review of Related Literature

In the case of market segmentation, most of the researcher and thinker immediately think of psychographics, lifestyles, values, behaviors, and multivariate cluster analysis routines. Market segmentation is a much broader concept. Taehyun Kim, Hoon‐Young Lee, (2011) in their study on "External validity of market segmentation methods: A study of buyers of prestige cosmetic brands", compare and validate the results of two clustering methods for the segmentation of the market for prestige cosmetics in Korea found that Segmentation by traditional K‐means clustering was not judged useful, whereas segments generated by the innovative alternative of mixture regression modelling had clear marketing strategy potential.

T.P. Beane, D.M. Ennis, (1987) in their study on "Market Segmentation: A Review", suggested to remain creative when conducting segmentation research. Author suggests many different ways to segment a market like geographic, demographic, psychographic, behaviouristic and image. Apart from this author suggests the some important techniques like automatic interaction detector, conjoint analysis, multidimensional scaling and canonical to establish and verify segments.

Orsay Kucukemiroglu, (1999) in his study on "Market segmentation by using consumer lifestyle dimensions and ethnocentrism identifies consumer market segments existing among Turkish consumers by using lifestyle patterns and ethnocentrism. By using the lifestyle dimensions author extracted, three distinct market segments. The study indicates that consumers in the Liberals/trend setters customer market segment showed similar behavioral tendencies and purchasing patterns to consumers in western countries. The study gives some insight implication to marketers who currently operate in or are planning to enter into Turkish markets in the near future.

www.ijmer.in 179 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Arminda do Paço, Mário Raposo, (2009) in their study on "“Green” segmentation: an application to the Portuguese consumer market", identify distinct market segments based on several environmental variables. In a survey of 887 respondents, it was found that consumers who buy green products can be differentiated on various issues. The study suggests that there are consumers who are prepared to base their buying decisions on purchasing products that do not harm the environment. In fact, it was seen that there is a segment of “greener” consumers in the sample that differs significantly in some aspects from the other market segments.

Cathy Bakewell, Vincent‐Wayne Mitchell, (2003) "Generation Y female consumer decision‐making styles", examines the decision making of Adult Female Generation Y consumers using Sproles and Kendall’s (1986) Consumer Styles Inventory (CSI). The study uses the CSI as a basis for segmenting Generation Y consumers in to five meaningful and distinct decision‐making groups, namely: “recreational quality seekers”, “recreational discount seekers”, “trend setting loyals”, “shopping and fashion uninterested” and “confused time/money conserving”. The study gives some insight implications for retailers and marketing practitioners targeting Generation Y consumers.

Starting from the positive synergistic effect between the merchandising (commonly understood as ‘display’ and promotions, we expect this effect remains positive if the merchandising techniques are implemented properly. The synergistic effect between end of aisle and price promotion is bigger than synergistic effect between the island and price promotion.

Objective of the study and Methodology

Present study has been taken up with the objectives to segment the Indian cosmetic consumer market into the groups of similar characteristics known as Cluster in respect to their opinion about

www.ijmer.in 180 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

various merchandising strategies. Thus the customers included in different clusters can be served separately as per their choice and requirement.

Assumption of Hypothesis

It was hypothesised that the mean of different merchandising factors influencing customers in favour of cosmetic products does not differ significantly across the professional categories and level of education of the Respondents

Present study is based on descriptive study. Study is based on primary as well as secondary data. Secondary data was collected from various news paper, research journals, magazines, internet etc. primary data was collected from respondents using questionnaire. A structure questionnaire were designed covering different aspect on merchandising like product display, promotional techniques, product lay out, product assortment, product visibility in the store and consumer buying behaviour. The data used in this study has been compiled from the customers visiting in organised retail store belong to some of the important retail outlet in Lucknow. These data offer information on, merchandising techniques, and consumer buying behaviour of cosmetics during a time period of ten weeks. Questionnaire was used personally visiting different organised retail department. A total 193 responses were received and taken for the study. The collected information was systematically arranged, tabulated and appropriate analysis was carried out. An SPSS statistical package, K-means clustering has been used, for clustering 193 randomly selected respondents on the basis of their similarities in their preferences for the product merchandising. Particularly hierarchical clustering method is used to find out the number of clusters first and then K-means clustering method is used to give the output. The method of clustering is based on commonly used Euclidian distance

www.ijmer.in 181 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

measure program. The sample consists of men and women of the different age groups of the city Lucknow. The selected sample is explored to fifteen attributes (as tabulated below) on five point scale. Where 1 indicates the most unfavourable and 5 indicates the most favourable attitude. Table 1 indicates the demographic characteristics of respondents

Table 1 Demographic Characteristic of Respondents

Charact Group Category of No.of % eristics respondents Respondent s Total Number of 151 100 Respondents

Upto 20 Years 14 7.3 21-30 Years 75 38.9 Age 31-40 Years 62 32.1 41 to 50 Years 36 18.7 Above 50 Years 6 3.1 Male 109 56.5 Gender Female 84 43.5 Marital Married 123 63.7 Status Unmarried 70 36.3 Upto 2 Members 57 29.5 Family size 3-5 Members 129 66.8 More than 5 members 7 3.6

Upto Matriculation 6 3.1 Upto Intermediate 8 4.1 Education Graduate 56 29.0 Qualification Post Graduate 93 48.2 Others 30 15.5

Upto Rs15000 PM 31 16.1 Rs.15001 to Rs25000PM 37 19.2 Level of Rs25001 to Rs35 000 70 36.3 Income PM 36 18.7 Rs35001 to Rs50000PM 19 9.8

www.ijmer.in 182 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Student 30 15.5 Business 16 8.3 Services 97 50.3 Profession Professional 8 4.1 Housewife 35 18.1 Others 7 3.6 Source: Data from primary sources

The demographic characteristics of the respondents presented in the above table reveals that out of total 193 respondents 7.3% respondents were of the age group Upto 20 years. 38.9% were in the age group 20-30 Years, 32.1% were in the group of 30-40 and 18.7% respondents were in the age group of 40-50 years and remaining 3.1% respondent were in the age group of above 50 years. For a research dealing with merchandising effect of cosmetic and skin care products, it is important to know the Sex of the respondents as in the current scenario, males are equally personality conscious as compared to women. From the above table it is clear that 56.5% were Male and the rest that is 43.5% were female. The information pertaining to Marital Status of respondents shows that 63.7% were married and the rest were unmarried. Educational qualification was another demographic which revealed interesting facts. 48.2% were those respondents who were Post graduate and 29% respondents were graduate. The others qualification and consumer educated upto intermediate were accounted for educational categories respondents were 22.7%. Middle income category respondent account for 55.5% and it is also significant to note that sample is dominated by service category respondents as it account for 50.3% respondents in the sample.

www.ijmer.in 183 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Table 2: Importance of Cosmetics to Customer

Frequenc Percent Valid Cumulative y Percent Percent

Luxury 117 60.6 60.6 60.6

Necessit 16 8.3 8.3 68.9 y Valid Both 33 17.1 17.1 86.0

None 27 14.0 14.0 100.0

Total 193 100.0 100.0

Source: Data from primary sources

Cosmetic products play an essential role in everyone’s life. Today most of the people use soap, shampoo, conditioner, deodorant, toothpaste, shaving cream, aftershave, cleanser, perfume, make-up and a lots of other products. The purpose of cosmetic products is to enhance well- being and as a result, self-esteem. Through innovation, cosmetic manufacturers provide better and better products while ensuring that consumer safety remains their highest priority.

Factor Analysis

Understanding consumer perception and attitude towards merchandising and its role in cosmetics/skin care product has been of a major interest for marketer at different levels. The perceptions of customer are affected by exogenous factors such as merchandising and market interaction among the major players like consumer, manufacturer and society as whole. The empirical study indicates that consumers perception are based on their own personal attributes such as age and education, as well as exogenous factors merchandising of product and its positioning in the prospect’s mind. Exogenous

www.ijmer.in 184 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

factors such as merchandising strategies may also impact both consumer purchase decisions and manufacturer decisions. These components are viewed together since they are highly interdependent and together represent forces that influence how the consumer will react to the object. Taking these into consideration, an attempt was made to identify the influencing merchandising factors and their role in their purchase decisions. For this respondents were asked to rate their views on the statement related to the merchandising variable. The response to these statements was recorded on a scale of 1 to 5 in order of their preference. The exploratory factor analysis is used in order to identify the motivational factors influencing customer in favour of green environment and use of green products. Principal Component analysis was employed for extracting factors and orthogonal rotation with Varimax is applied. As latent root criterion is used for extraction of factors, only the factors having latent roots or Eigen values greater than one are considered significant; all other factors with latent roots less than one are considered insignificant and disregarded. The extracted factors along with their Eigen values are shown in table 6. The factors have been given appropriate names on the basis of the group representation of the variables. The statements that are asked for rating, the labels and factor loading and the names of the factors have been summarized in Tables 6. The KMO measure of sampling adequacy for the items is 0.803 (that is, > 0.5), indicating sufficient inter-correlations of the Bartlett's Test of Sphericity, which is found to be significant (Chi-square = 1140.184< 0.005). Thus, the sample size of 193 was adequate and satisfactory in this study. The cronbach alpha for each factor is 0.933. Cronbach alpha for all the factors are greater than 0.6 which means that the scale scores for each of the dimensions are reasonably reliable (Hair et al., 1998). There are five factors each having Eigen value exceeding one for merchandising factors. Eigen values for five factors are 5.147, 1.758, 1.454, 1.102 and 1.073 respectively. The index for the present solution accounts for 70.225%

www.ijmer.in 185 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

of the total variations for the motivational factors. It is a pretty good extraction because we are able to economize on the number of choice factors (from 15 to 5 underlying factors), we lost 29.774% of information content for choice of variables. The percentages of variance explained by factors one to seven are 34.31%, 11.717%, 9.696%, 7.347% and 7.154% respectively. Large communalities indicate that a large number of variance has been accounted for by the factor solutions. Varimax rotated factor analysis results for motivational factors are shown in table which indicates that, after 5 factors are extracted and retained the communality is 0.598 for variable1, 0..677 for variable 2, 0..561 for variable 3 and so on. It means that approximately 59.82% of the variance of variable1 is being captured by extracted factors together. The proportion of the variance in any one of the original variable which is being captured by the extracted factors is known as communality (Nargundkar, 2002).

Table 7: Principal Component analysis with Rotated Component and Associate Variable

Component Co

mm una

lity

nterestin Creative Creative Assortmen Attractive ness I g Desirable Merchandi sing stimulant When I see a good deal, I tend to buy more .74 .598

then I intended to buy 5 I tends to enter the store when I am .677 .72 attracted by an eye catching window 0 display I get idea about what to buy when looking .69 .561

through in store display 2 When I see cosmetic in new form on .69 .34 .650

display, I tend to buy it 1 9 I tend to rely on store display when I make .52 - .647 .438 a decision to purchase cosmetics 4 .335

www.ijmer.in 186 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

When I see Cosmetic that catches my eye, I .773 .871 tend to buy it .787 When I see cosmetics that I like on in store .842 display , I tend to buy it After I make an impulsive purchase I feel .47 .742 .707 happy 1 I feel compelled to enter the store when I .761 .53 see an interesting window display of .692 0 cosmetic products I tend to try an product that catches my eye .32 .703 .419 .666 when I pass by 4 I go for shopping of cosmetics product to .52 .704 .606 change my mood 8 .739 I feel a sense of excitement when I make .82

an impulsive purchase of cosmetics 6 I have difficulty in controlling my urge to .596 .71 buy when I see good offer on cosmetic 9 product When I see an special promotion sign/ offer .756 , I go to look at that cosmetics and tend to .829 buy it .703 When I walk along the isle I tend to look .32 .488 .554 through close to it 7 Eigen Values 5.14 1.10 7 1.758 1.454 2 1.073 % of Variation 34.3 11.71 7.34 1 7 9.696 7 7.154 Cumulative % of Variation 34.3 46.02 55.72 63.0 70.22 1 7 3 71 5

Extraction Method: Principal Component Analysis. Rotation Method: Varimax with Kaiser Normalization. a. Rotation converged in 13 iterations.

www.ijmer.in 187 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Principal components & associated Variables indicate that the first factor “creative assortment” shows the role of media which is the combination of the variables, i.e. “When I see a good deal, I tend to buy more then I intended to buy I tends to enter the store when I am attracted by an eye catching window display I get idea about what to buy when looking through in store display When I see cosmetic in new form on display, I tend to buy it I tend to rely on store display when I make a decision to purchase cosmetics and accounts 34.31% variance of the total variances. The second factor is “Attractiveness; is the combination of variable like, When I see Cosmetic that catches my eye, I tend to buy it When I see cosmetics that I like on in store display , I tend to buy it and accounts 11.717% variance of the total variances. The third factor is the Interesting factor which is the combination of variables; After I make an impulsive purchase I feel happy I feel compelled to enter the store when I see an interesting window display of cosmetic products I tend to try an product that catches my eye when I pass by I go for shopping of cosmetics product to change my mood and this factor accounts for 9.696% of total variance. Fourth factor is the desirability factor which is the combination of variables; “I feel a sense of excitement when I make an impulsive purchase of cosmetics I have difficulty in controlling my urge to buy when I see good offer on cosmetic product and is accounted for 7.347% of total variance. The fifth factor is the Merchandising stimulant and is the association of variables i.e When I see an special promotion sign/ offer , I go to look at that cosmetics and tend to buy it When I walk along the isle I tend to look through close to it and is accounted for 7.154% of total variances.

Cluster analysis

Cluster analysis is a collection of statistical methods, which identifies groups of samples that behave similarly or show similar characteristics (Nethra Sambamoorthi, 2003). In common parlance it is also called look-a-like groups. The simplest mechanism is to partition the samples

www.ijmer.in 188 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

using measurements that capture similarity or distance between samples. In other words, Clustering refers to the process of grouping samples so that the samples are similar within each group. For the present study hierarchical clustering was carried out to classify the group on the basis of factors identified by the factor analysis. Factor scores derived from Factor analysis is the starting point for cluster analysis. Factor scores represented a shopper‟s response to all attributes captured in a factor. So the clustering done on factor scores will create clusters on the basis of five identified factor (from factor analysis) rather than on 23 attributes.The biggest dilemma was to whether to use hierarchical clustering technique or non hierarchical clustering technique. Hierarchical clustering creates a dendogram or a tree like structure on the basis of the relationship between entities or individuals. In non hierarchical clustering, the researcher has to define the number of clusters before the analysis. In this research, hierarchical clustering was used to identify the number of clusters.

Final Cluster Centers

Cluster 1 2 3 4 5 Creative Assortment 4.44 3.81 2.40 3.33 2.75 Attractiveness 4.59 2.58 2.44 4.08 2.52 Interesting 4.25 3.75 1.92 3.41 2.99 Desirable 4.31 3.66 1.83 3.66 3.43 Merchandising 4.31 3.70 2.22 3.28 2.57 stimulant

www.ijmer.in 189 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Number of Cases in each Cluster 1 61.000 2 32.000 Cluster 3 9.000 4 69.000 5 22.000 Valid 193.000 Missing .000

First cluster is composed of responses 85 respondents whose have given importance to Social media and Desirability for the product as it has scored highest mean of 3.96 followed byValue Addition through social media and Reliability and dependability on social media with mean 3.49. Second cluster is the respondents of 24 member who have given higher importance to Social media and Desirability (3.29) and Reliability and dependability on social media 2.73. Third cluster is of 9 respondents who have given more importance to Socialization Information sharing through social media as it scored highest mean of 3.42. Fourth cluster is of 25 respondents who have given importance to Reliability and dependability on social media with mean 4.68 followed by Social media and Desirability with mean 4.65.

Conclusions and Suggestions:

In the present fast changing economic environment, the enterprises are in a continuous effort to stay successful and be profitable. For this reason, the enterprises use several merchandising techniques to enhance the visibility of the product the study reveals that almost half of the respondents (48.2%) were of the opinion that advertisement creates the need for the cosmetic/skin care product to some extent. It was also observed that the internet has also made its pace the media as substantial amount of consumer are viewing the advertisement and taking information from internet. The study indicates that television is

www.ijmer.in 190 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

the most reliable source of information as perceived by the respondents. Through innovation, cosmetic manufacturers provide better and better products while ensuring that consumer safety remains their highest priority. Factor Analysis was carried out and following five factors has emerged. This include; Creative Assortment, Attractiveness, Interesting, Desirability and Merchandising stimulant. Among the favour factors, merchandising attractiveness has emerged as one of the main important criteria influencing customers in favour of particular brand of cosmetics/skin care products. It is suggested that with the lhelp of various permutation and combination , retailers must enhance product visibility to enhance product preferences and boost consumption .

References

1. Bhalla Swati, Anurag S., Visual Merchandising,(2009), Understanding Retail and Visual Merchandising,2-30,Tata McGraw Hill . 2. Kunwar, Pooja, “Visual Merchandising: A Silent Salesman of Retailers,” Marketing Mastermind, vol-X, no.2 pp.29-33, February 2010. 3. Jarboe G R and McDaniel C D (1987), “ A profile of browsers in regional shopping malls”, Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, Vol. 15 (Spring), pp. 46- 53. 4. Rook D W (1987), “The buying impulse”, Journal of Consumer Research, Vol. 14, pp. 189-99. 5. http://pezzottaitejournals.net/index.php/IJRRBP/article/view/25 6 6. AC Nielsen, 2013 AC Nielsen Anuario Nielsen (2013) http://es.nielsen.com/news/20130213. 7. K.L. Ailawadi, K. Gedenk, C. Lutzky, S. Neslin,Decomposition of the sales impact of promotion-induced stockpiling, J. Marketing Res., 44 (2007), pp. 450–467 8. K.L. Ailawadi, J.P. Beauchamp, N. Donthu, D.K. Gauri, V. Shankar,Communication and promotion decisions in retailing: a review and directions for future research, J. Retailing, 85 (1) (2009), pp. 42–55

www.ijmer.in 191 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

9. Bezawada et al., 2009 R. Bezawada, S. Balachander, P.K. Kannan, V. Shankar Cross-category effects of aisle and display placements: a spatial modeling approach and insights J. Marketing, 73 (2009), pp. 99–117 10. Burton, D.R. Lichtenstein, R.G. Netemeyer Exposure to sales flyers and increased J. Advert. Res., 39 (1999), pp. 7–14 11. Chandon et al., 2009 P. Chandon, J.W. Hutchinson, E.T. Bradlow, S.H. Young Does in-store marketing work? Effects of the number and position of shelf facings on brand attention and evaluation at the point of purchase J. Marketing, 73 (2009), pp. 1–17 12. Chaudhuri, 2000 A. Chaudhuri A macro analysis of the relationship of product involvement and information search: the role of risk J. Marketing Theory Pract. (winter) (2000), pp. 1–15 13. Chevalier, 1975 M. Chevalier Increase in sales due to in-store display J. Marketing Res., 12 (1975), pp. 426–431 14. Cooper et al., 1996 L.G. Cooper, D. Klapper, A. Inoue Competitive-component analysis: a new approach to calibrating asymmetric market-share models J. Marketing Res., 33 (2) (1996), pp. 224–238 15. Madrid (1975) Díez-De Castro et al., 2006 E.C. Díez-De Castro, F.J. Landa-Bercebal, A. Navarro-García Merchandising Pirámide, Madrid, España (2006) 16. Inman, R.S. Winer, R. Ferraro The interplay among category characteristics, customer characteristics, and customer activities on in-store decision making J. Marketing, 73 (2009), pp. 19–29 17. Mela et al., 1998 C.F. Mela, K. Jedidi, D. Bowman The long-term impact of promotions on consumer stockpiling behavior J. Marketing Res., 35 (1998), pp. 250–262 18. Neslin and Stone, 1996 S.A. Neslin, L.G.S. Stone Consumer inventory sensitivity and the postpromotion dip Marketing Lett., 7 (1) (1996), pp. 77–94 19. V. Shankar, L. Krishnamurthi Relating price sensitivity to retailer promotional variables and pricing policy: an empirical analysis J. Retailing, 72 (3) (1996), pp. 249–272 20. V. Shankar, J.J. Inman, M. Mantrala, E. Kelley, R. Rizley Innovations in shopper marketing: current insights and future research issues J. Retailing, 87 (2011), pp. 529–542

www.ijmer.in 192 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

21. Sheth, 1983 J.N. Sheth An integrative theory of patronage preference and behaviour W.R. Darden, R.F. Lusch (Eds.), Patronage Behaviour and Retail Management, Elsevier-North, Holland (1983), pp. 7–28 22. Smith and Burns, 1996 P. Smith, D.J. Burns Atmospherics and retail environments: the case of the power aisle Int. J. Retail Distrib. Manage., 24 (1) (1996), pp. 7–14 23. Taehyun Kim, Hoon‐Young Lee, (2011) in their study on "External validity of market segmentation methods: A study of buyers of prestige cosmetic brands"European Journal of Marketing, Vol. 45 Iss: 1/2, pp.153 – 169. DOI http://dx.do i.org/10 .1108/03090561111095630 24. T.P. Beane, D.M. Ennis, (1987) in their study on "Market Segmentation: A Review",European Journal of Marketing, Vol. 21 Iss: 5, pp.20 – 42, DOI,http://dx.doi. org/10.11 08/E UM00 00000004695 25. Orsay Kucukemiroglu, (1999) in his study on "Market segmentation by using consumer lifestyle dimensions and ethnocentrism”, European Journal of Marketing, Vol. 33 Iss: 5/6, pp.470 - 487 26. Arminda do Paço, Mário Raposo, (2009) "“Green” segmentation: an application to the Portuguese consumer market", Marketing Intelligence & Planning, Vol. 27 Iss: 3, pp.364 – 379 DOI http:// dx.doi.org/10.1108/02634500910955245 27. Citation: 28. Cathy Bakewell, Vincent‐Wayne Mitchell, (2003) "Generation Y female consumer decision‐making styles", International Journal of Retail & Distribution Management, Vol. 31 Iss: 2, pp.95 - 106

www.ijmer.in 193 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

TRIBAL DEVELOPMENT POLICY AND IMPLEMENTATION IN ANDHRA PRADESH WITH REFERENCE TO INTEGRATED TRIBAL DEVELOPMENT AGENCY, EAST GODAVARI DISTRICT A.Karuna Research Scholar Department of Political Science & Public Administration AUCampus, Kakinada

Abstract

After Independence, during the first phase of planning era, the Government of India tried the system of tribal development blocks. The failure of the Tribal Development Blocks led to the adoption of the tribals’ sub- plan approach. Under the tribal sub-plan, an integrated approach to tribal development was attempted. 'Tribal development under the Tribal Sub-plan is treated as an integral part of the state plan itself. Andhra Pradesh achieved a historic milestone in the Policy and enactment of Tribal Development with the enactment of “Andhra Pradesh Scheduled Castes Sub-Plan and Tribal Sub-Plan” Andhra Pradesh is the first pioneer state in the country that has initiated such Legislative intervention. The objective of the Act is to ensure, accelerated development of Scheduled Castes (SCs) and Scheduled Tribes (STs). The Tribals are basically dependent on the Forest and live by collecting forest produce or doing shifting cultivation. With the intervention of the ITDA, there is a change in the tribal population. Yet there is need to accelerate the process of socio- economic transformation. Awareness of scheduled Tribes about tribal welfare schemes has generally been considered as the most important factor for their socio- economic transformation. Despite the genuine efforts by the government and various agencies to promote social and economic progress, the condition of the tribal people is far from satisfactory and they continue to lag behind the other social groups.

www.ijmer.in 194 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

In India, Jawaharlal Nehru's philosophy and vision shaped the tribal policy in the 1950s. He avoided the extreme of the two stand points, namely the anthropological approach which sought to treat the tribals as museum specimens to be kept apart, for study and observations and the other approach which sought to destroy their individually, distort the process of their development and absorb them in the culture and way of life that was alien to them. The Nehru era, thus, laid the foundation of tribal policy in independent India. This policy was recommended by Elwin and shaped and endorsed by Nehru. This policy constituted the cornerstone of the development strategy in association with the protection provided under the sixth schedule of the Constitution.

After Independence, during the first phase of planning era, the Government of India tried the system of tribal development blocks. The failure of the Tribal Development Blocks led to the adoption of the tribals’ sub- plan approach. Under the tribal sub-plan, an integrated approach to tribal development was attempted. 'Tribal development under the Tribal Sub-plan is treated as an integral part of the state plan itself. During the Seventh Five Year Plan period there were radical changes in the formulation of tribal plans. Consequently, these changes reflected in the implementation also. Even though the decentralization of planning process started in 1979, it was in the VII Five Year Plan period that the formulation and implantation of plans for tribals were done with great vigour and enthusiasm. Consequently, the District Collectors were assigned the task of plan formulation and implementation at district level. The activities of the District level- working Group became more efficient during this plan period. Recently, there are changes in the implementation of Tribal Sub- Plan Strategy. The tribal development strategy followed in Andhra Pradesh state is a reflection of the State Policy.

www.ijmer.in 195 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Andhra Pradesh: A Profile

Andhra Pradesh lies between 12°41’ and 22°N latitude and 77° and 84°40’E longitude and is bordered by Maharashtra, Chhattisgarh, Telangana and Orissa in the north, the Bay of Bengal in the East, Tamil Nadu to the south and Karnataka to the west. The state is richly endowed with natural and human resources with competitive socio economic advantages. Andhra Pradesh situated in a tropical region, has the 2nd longest coastline in the country with a length of 974 km. Two major rivers, the Godavari and the Krishna run across the state. The state includes eastern part of Deccan plateau and a considerable part of Eastern in which the agency area lies. Andhra Pradesh is the tenth largest state in the Country, in terms of population. Population wise, the State ranks after Uttar Pradesh, Maharashtra, Bihar, West Bengal, Madhya Pradesh, Tamilnadu, Rajasthan, Kartnataka and Gujarat States. As per the Census 2011, the State accounts for 4.08% of the total population of the country. Of the total population of the State, SCs constitute 17.10 percent and STs 5.33 percent.

The State has a forest area of 34,572 Sq.Kms as per the forest records, which accounts for 21.58% the total geographical area. About 48.25% (78388.6 Sq.Kms) of geographical area is cultivated and rest is under various other land uses viz. Industries (796.8 Sq.Kms), aquaculture (1801.2 Sq.Kms), fallow (17739.1 Sq.Kms), waste lands (15902.2 Sq.Kms), water bodies (9168.7 Sq.Kms) and wetlands (1589.1Sq.Kms).

Enactment of Andhra Pradesh Scheduled Castes Sub-Plan and Tribal Sub-Plan

Andhra Pradesh achieved a historic milestone in the Policy and enactment of Tribal Development with the enactment of “Andhra Pradesh Scheduled Castes Sub-Plan and Tribal Sub-Plan” (Planning Allocation and Utilization of Financial Resources) Act. No.1

www.ijmer.in 196 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

of 2013. Andhra Pradesh is the first pioneer state in the country that has initiated such Legislative intervention. The objective of the Act is to ensure, accelerated development of Scheduled Castes (SCs) and Scheduled Tribes (STs) with emphasis on achieving equality in the ensuing years focusing on economic, educational and human development along with ensuring security, social dignity and promoting equity among Scheduled Castes and the Scheduled Tribes, by earmarking a portion, in proportion to the population of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes in the State, of the total plan outlay of the State of Andhra Pradesh as the outlay of the Scheduled Castes Sub- Plan (SCSP)/Tribal Sub-Plan (TSP) of the State. The Act envisages that schemes included in SCSP/TSP should secure direct and quantifiable benefits to Scheduled Caste individuals or Scheduled Caste households or Scheduled Caste habitations and should bridge the gaps in development indicators between SCs/STs, when compared to state averages. The Act also ensures effective institutional mechanisms for the implementation of the Scheduled Castes Sub-Plan (SCSP)/Tribal Sub-Plan (TSP). The Government constituted the State Council for Development of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes under the Chairmanship of Hon’ble Chief Minister to exercise conferred powers and to perform functions for matters relating to Scheduled Castes Sub- Plan and Tribal Sub-Plan. The State Council advises the State government on all policy matters relating to SCSP/TSP and suggests measures for proper planning, implementation of the schemes by the departments and approval of Annual SCSP/TSP proposals of the Departments. Scheme wise proposal of each department are to be furnished by respective Nodal Agencies to the Planning Department for review and approval by the State Council. Accordingly, the Nodal Agency for implementation of the Scheduled Castes Sub-Plan (SCSP) is constituted under the Chairmanship of Minister Social Welfare. The Social Welfare Department is designated as the Nodal Department. The Nodal Agency for implementation of the Tribal Sub-Plan (TSP) is

www.ijmer.in 197 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

constituted under the Chairmanship of Minister Tribal Welfare. The Tribal Welfare Department is designated as the Nodal Department. The Nodal Agency for SCSP/TSP recommend the schemes that fulfill the norms for inclusion in the Annual Plan proposals of the departments and aggregated for placing before the State Council for Development of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes for consideration and approval as pre-budget process. This marks a drastic departure from the earlier practice of assigning notional allocations to each department on an arithmetic basis in the plan to one of meaningful allocations as identified by the Nodal Department and the different stake holder departments with a view to ensure equity, social justice and empowerment of the Scheduled Castes/ Scheduled Tribes through the SCSP/TSP. The proposals are to be consistent with the Annual and Five Year Plans and the priorities set by the State. Focusing on sectors need to be accorded highest priority like health, rural water supply, education and special emphasis on SC/ST individuals, households, area (habitation), infrastructure and economic activity. More specifically, the accounting of SCSP/TSP benefiting SCs/STs is divided into two kinds of schemes – the schemes that secure direct and quantifiable benefits and those that are non-divisible in nature. It has been provided that respective Nodal Agency, while indicating allocation of Scheduled Castes Sub-Plan/Tribal Sub-Plan follow the following norms.

Implementation of Tribal Sub Plan:

The Nodal Agency for TSP under the Chairmanship of Minister for Social Welfare & Empowerment and Tribal Welfare & Empowerment reviews the Sub Plan implementation with line departments. Further under the chairmanship of Hon’ble Chief Minister meetings of the State Council for Development of SCs & STs are held regularly. The Hon’ble Chief Minister through these meetings

www.ijmer.in 198 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

directs all the line departments to ensure that the TSP funds are utilized effectively.

Achievements in brief of Tribal Welfare Department in Andhra Pradesh:

In the state of Andhra Pradesh, 0.60 Lakh ST students are getting post-matric scholarships. 87% of Aadhar seeding is completed for providing Post Matric scholarships to ST students. The Government provided for maintaining 335 Ashram Schools and 194 Hostels covering 109346 lakhs ST boarders. The boarders get diet and other maintenance charges. In Andhra Pradesh 62 Best Available Schools (BAS) are functioning. 4011 ST students are studying in BAS and receiving pre metric Scholarships from the department. Under Economic Support Schemes the government proposed to cover 20299 beneficiaries through the online beneficiary monitoring system (OBMMS). So far 24072 ST beneficiaries got registered for sanction of subsidy. Under the skill development, 2641 ST youth were trained and 1556 ST youth were placed including direct placements. The government launched a large number of engineering works that include 540 buildings, 56 works under NABARD roads and under the 13TH Finance Commission Drinking Water scheme, 664 works are sanctioned with an outlay of Rs 69.11 crores. Out of which 279 No of works completed 331 No of works are under Progress. Under the Recognition of Forest Rights Act, 2006, 177669 claims were received covering 1105921 acres. Of which, an extent of 651819 acres was distributed to 76498 ST claimants including community claims. These lands are being developed under MGNREGS.

Tribal Development in East Godavari District

East Godavari District is situated on the North East of Andhra Pradesh in the Geographical condition of 16° - 30° and 18° - 20° of the Northern Latitude & 81-30 & 82-36 of the Eastern latitude. Agency

www.ijmer.in 199 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

area of the District is the home of 2.36 lakhs S.T. population mostly concentrated in 15 mandals of the District. The ITDA with its headquarters at Rampachodavaram as operational jurisdiction over 741 villages. Konda Reddies are only the primitive tribal group of the area and they constitute about the 40% of the total population. They have been classified as primitive tribal group (PTG) because they practice primitive Agriculture and their literacy is abnormally low. The Tribal Sub-Plan area of the District comprises of 4 Sub-plan mandals partly and these mandals occupy the North Western part of the District. The following table shows vital statistics

S.No. Item State District ITDA Area 1 Population 663.55 lks 49.64 lks 23.66 lks 2 Area in Sq. Kms. 275068 10807 6444 3 Population density 241 459 46.80 4 Literacy Tribal 37.59% 57.24% 64 % 5 Total Tribal population N.A. 2.65 lks 2.36 lks

Integrated Tribal Development Agency: East Godavari District

Integrated Tribal Development Agency, Rampachodavaram was established in East Godavari District with Kakinada as Headquarters in the year 1975. Later on, the Headquarters was shifted to Rampachodavaram which is its headquarters at present. This ITDA caters to about 2, 36,649 of Scheduled Tribes spread-over in 6444 Sq.Kms., of area of the District. Out of the 64 Mandals in the District, 15 Mandals include 4 sub-plan mandals under the agency with an area of 6444 Sq.Kms. The ITDA was established to bring about overall development of the tribals in the area and the main tribes present in the area are Kondareddies, Kondakammara, Konda Dora, Kondakapu, and Valmiki. The following table shows agency area population. The ITDA has the overall responsibility of bringing about the development of the tribals of the area by utilizing its own funds, funds from the

www.ijmer.in 200 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

external agencies, funds available with various other departments of the Government working in the Sub-Plan Area. The Government of Andhra Pradesh vide G.O. Ms.No.434, G.O.Ms.No.274 and G.O.Ms.No.57 has sought to establish a single line Administration in the Tribal Sub-Plan Areas by empowering one Agency i.e., ITDA to control and coordinate the functions of the various departments functioning here. The Project Officer, ITDA is designated as Joint Collector (TW), Additional District Magistrate and Additional Agent to Government and has been given powers of these Officers in the Government Order mentioned. The Project Officer has given powers to plan, implement, review and coordinate the activities of all Departments working in the area. ITDA by itself has a lot of wings directly under its control. These wings are meant for both the Hardware and Software Development of the Tribals. The population of these Mandals is furnished below.

Population PTG S. Name of the ST ST H. PTG house No.Mandal Total Male Female Total Male Femaleholds holds 1 Rampachodavaram38413 18908 19505 28992 14212 14780 6443 9567 2126 2 Maredumilli 18010 9261 8749 14392 7443 6949 3198 4749 1055 3 Devipatnam 27898 13778 14120 16198 7943 8255 3600 5345 1188 4 Gangavaram 25938 12657 13281 16652 8096 8556 3700 5495 1221 5 Addateegala 38387 19330 19057 23537 11754 11783 5230 7767 1726 6 Y. Ramavaram 27950 13587 14363 24115 11658 12457 5359 7958 1768 7 Rajavommangi 40033 20108 19925 22209 11172 11037 4935 7329 1629 8 Nellipaka 35279 17363 3858

9 Kunavaram 24482 14225 3647

10 Chinturu 29674 26542 6802

11 V.R.Puram 24217 16020 3801

Sub Total 330281107629109000 22024572278 73817 50573 4821010713

12 Kotananduru 71044 36090 34954 4324 2211 2113 961 1427 317 13 Sankhavaram 78342 39550 38792 4931 2522 2409 1096 1627 362 14 Yeleswaram 76285 37816 38469 3137 1543 1594 697 1035 230 15 Prathipadu 78914 39924 38990 4012 2016 1996 892 1324 294 Sub Total 304585153380151205 16404 8292 8112 3646 5413 1203

TOTAL 634866261009260205 23664980570 81929 54219 5362311916

www.ijmer.in 201 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

The details of sub caste particulars are furnished in the statement below:

Tribal Sub Caste particulars ST Population ST households 1. Kondareddi 94660 (40%) 21688 (40%) 2. Koya Dora 82827 (35%) 18977 (35%) 3. Konda kammara 28398 (12%) 6506 (12%) 4. Konda Kapu 9466 (4%) 2169 (4%) 5. Valmiki 11832 (5%) 2711 (5%) 6. Mannedora 4733 (2%) 1084 (2%) The Tribals are basically dependent on the Forest and live by collecting forest produce or doing shifting cultivation. With the intervention of the ITDA, settled agriculture has become of the order of the day, with more and more tribals coming down for settled agriculture using new varieties of seeds and agriculture implements. The Agriculture wing of the ITDA plans, Implements, and Monitors the development of agriculture in the land owned by the tribals and its activities include distribution of new variety of seeds, agriculture implements, transfer of modern agricultural packages, and enlightening the people on new crops and cropping patterns. The Horticulture wing looks after the development of Horticulture and encourages the Tribals to bring their wasteland, degraded land etc., under Horticulture crops like Cashew, Mango etc. The tribals are encouraged to take up improved varieties and are taught grafting and modern methods of Horticulture to improve the productivity and to bring more and more land under useful cultivation. The Special Deputy Collector working under the Project Officer is empowered to restore the land back to the Tribals, which were under illegal possession and enjoyment of Non-Tribal over the years, through LTRP cases. The Minor Irrigation wing of the ITDA is responsible for taking up construction of Minor Irrigation Tanks. Check dams, Community Irrigation Wells, Electric Motors, Oil Engines are supplied to the tribal beneficiaries for irrigating their land using water from small rivulets

www.ijmer.in 202 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

and wells. The Tribal Welfare Engineering Department is responsible for the construction of the Buildings – for Schools. Hostels, Offices etc., formation and construction of Roads, Bridges for connecting interior villages. They also take up drilling of Borewells for drinking water purpose. The Animal Husbandry wing of the ITDA ensures the supply of strong Plough Bullocks for ploughing the lands, Milch Animals like Cows and Buffaloes for milk purposes for consumption as well as sale, distribution of new and improved varieties of poultry, sheep units etc. The industry sector of the ITDA encourages tribal entrepreneurs to take up small industries, which use the raw materials available in the area. Various minor forest produces are good raw materials for many industries. The I.S.B. wing looks after the sanctioning of various small service sectors like merchandise shops etc. for development of the tribals.

The Girijan Cooperative Corporation (G.C.C.) for which the Project Officer is one of the Executive Directors, is responsible for the supply of daily requirements to the Tribals in the Agency area at nominal rates, for the purchase of various non timber minor forest products which are collected by the tribals, for distribution of loans– short term and long term credit loans to the tribal farmers for raising of the crops and for supply of motors etc. The GCC has a monopoly of the purchase of minor produce from the forest. The Shandy Inspectors of the GCC are present in local markets to ensure that the poor tribals are not cheated by the non tribals. They ensure the correct price and weighment of the produce collected. The G.C.C. also distributes daily requirements like Rice, Dal and other essential commodities at the interior village points and they are running D.R.Depots to help in the public distribution system of the Government.

The TRICOR wing of the ITDA gives subsidy to the tribal’s beneficiaries to purchase modern Agriculture implements, Tractors, Electric Motors and Auto Rickshaws, and Tempo Tracks etc. ITDA is

www.ijmer.in 203 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

primarily responsible for the development of the Health and Education of the Tribals. ITDA tries a set of schools in various interior pockets of the agency. ITDA runs 81 Ashram Schools which have classes from 3rd standard to 10th standard. All necessary inputs like Food, Uniform, Incentives, Medical Care, Accommodation, Bedding, Cosmetics and Soaps are given free to the children who are joining these schools. The Ashram School teachers stay along with the children in the school to motivate them to study. There are also special schools, which are meant for the development of the Primitive tribals who are still in very backward stage of development. ITDA, Rampachodavaram has implemented cooked Mid-day Meal to the children. Apart from the Ashram Schools there are 9 Residential Schools, 8 Junior Colleges, runs by ITDA. The Dy. Director, Tribal Welfare Officer is responsible for the supply of all materials to these school children. The District Educational Officer (Agency) has administrative controls overall these schools in the T.S.P. area. These schools could be those under ITDA management, Government Schools, Zilla Parishad Schools, Private Schools or Aided Schools. There is a Project Monitoring Resource Centre (PMRC) which was constituted to look into the quality of education imparted to the children in the schools. During this year effectively implemented the QUEST and PUNADI programmes for the benefit of Tribal children studying in the T.W. Ashram Schools in the Agency area. There is Sub-Employment Exchange, which is functioning under the control of the ITDA where all the tribals who are qualified are registered and employment is given to them through this agency. There is one Library established at PMRC for guiding the qualified tribal youth to get the competitive books to get into career line. Magazines and Employment opportunity details are kept here for the information of the tribals.

On the health side the Project Officer has direct control over the Medical Officers in the area and in close association with the Doctors

www.ijmer.in 204 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

takes steps for promotive, preventive and curative treatment of the tribals. ITDA in association with the Medical Officers and Voluntary Organizations are conducting regular Health Camps, Eye Camps to prevent the spread of diseases. One Mobile Force has also been constituted to tour around the villages on fixed dates and timings to administer medicines to the people in need and to act quickly in emergencies. ITDA also refers serious patients to specialty hospitals for treatment. In remote areas ITDA also encourages the local Doctors with traditional methods of treatment.

The ICDS Project which is meant to improve the mother and child care is also directly monitored by the Project Officer. The Anganwadi centers provide nutritional food to the children of the age group 0-5 and ensure proper immunization, take care of the Pregnant Women, ensure safe delivery and take-up adequate pre-natal, natal and post-natal care. The Anganwadi Workers are also responsible for encouraging THRIFT among women. To ensure Community Development and Participation, the ITDA has formed Village Tribal Development Associations (VTDAs) in the villages of the agency area. The VTDAs is the association of all the tribals of the village and they meet once in a month to discuss issues and settle any problems mutually and collectively all Development Activities are taken up by the ITDA through VTDAs. They are entrusted with the responsibility of the construction of works like Roads, Minor Irrigation tanks under the supervision of the concerned Engineering Department. This would assure that the asset created is maintained in the long run. The VTDA Vice President and Secretaries are given training to hold meetings and to take-up these works. There is Shelf Help Group of Women are being formed for encouraging savings habit among women and also to empower the women to stand on their own feet by starting income generating activities with the money saved. APD, TPMU is monitoring the activities of women shelf

www.ijmer.in 205 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

help groups in the agency area under the able guidance of the Project Officer. Further, the Job Melas are conducted at regular intervention for creating jobs to the educated unemployed youth at Mandal level and Divisional level. “BHAVITA” programmes conducted to create awareness among the tribal youth to get good opportunities in Private & public sectors under Skill Development programme and also Self employment opportunities. Thus ITDA, Rampachodavaram strives for the overall development of the tribals within its jurisdiction.

Conclusion:

A study on the impact of policy and execution on certain tribal development programmes like agriculture, housing, education, employment, Income etc, reveal that the tribal welfare programmes and schemes made a positive impact upon the tribal communities. It shows yet that there is need to accelerate the process of socio- economic transformation. Awareness of scheduled Tribes about tribal welfare schemes has generally been considered as the most important factor for their socio- economic transformation. Despite the genuine efforts by the government and various agencies to promote social and economic progress, the condition of the tribal people is far from satisfactory and they continue to lag behind the other social groups.

References

1. Behura, N.K. “Tribes, their Development and Quality of Life-A Critique”. Man and Life, 25(122), 1999.

2. Bhowmick,K., “Reports on Schweduled Tribes: An Appraisal” in L.P.Vidyarthi (Ed.), Tribal Development and Its Administration, Concept Publishing House, New Delhi, 1986.

3. Buddhadeb Choudhury (Ed.), “Introduction’ Tribal Development in India, Problems and Prospects, Inter India Publications, Delhi, 1982.

4. Elwin Verrier, New Deal for Tribal India, Government of India, New Delhi, 1963. 5. Elwin, Verrier (ed.)., Report of the Committee on Special Multi-Purpose Blocks. New Delhi: Ministry of Home Affairs, 1960.

www.ijmer.in 206 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

6. Government of India, Seventh Five Year Plan, New Delhi, Planning Commission, 1986.

7. Government of India, Annual Report: 1997-98. New Delhi: Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment, 1998.

8. Government of India, Approach Paper to the Ninth Five Year Plan: 1997-2002. New Delhi: Planning Commission, 1997.

9. Government of India, Empowering the Scheduled Tribes for the Tenth Five Year Plan, Planning Commission, 2002-2007, New Delhi,2001.

10. Government of India, Report of the steering Committee on Empowering the Scheduled Tribes In the tenth five year plan (2002-2007), Planning commission, New Delhi, October, 2001.

11. Government of India, Towards Faster and More inclusive growth: An approach to the 11th Five Year Plan, Planning Commission, New Delhi, 2006.

12. Government of India. 1969. Fourth Five Year Plan: 1969-74. New Delhi: Planning, Commission, 1969-74

13. Government of India. Draft Fifth Five Year Plan: 1974-79, Vol.11. New Delhi: PlanningCommission, 1975.

14. Government of India, Ministry of Tribal Affairs, Annual Report, 2013-2014. 15. Integrated tribal development agency, Rampachodavarm – East Godavari District, A Note on Development Activities, 2003 to 2015.

16. Mehta, P.C., Tribal Rights. Udaipur: Shiva Publishers, 1996. 17. Mohan Rao, K., Tribal Development in Andhra Pradesh: Problems, Performance and Prospects; Book links Corporation, Hyderabad,1999.

18. Planning Commission, Government of India, First Five Year Plan, (195 1 - 1956) New Delhi.

19. Sharma, B.D., Planning for Tribal Development, New Delhi: Prachi Prakashan, 1984.

20. Singh.K.S. Transformation of Tribal Society: lntcgration Vs Assimilation Economic and Political Weekly Vol XVI No.33 Aug 14, 1982, P. 1312-20

21. Twelfth Five Year Plan (2012–2017, Social Sectors Vol.111,SAGE Publications India Pvt Ltd., New Delhi

22. Vidyarthi, L.P. (ed.). 1981. Tribal Development and its Administration. New Delhi: Concept Publishing Company.

www.ijmer.in 207 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

RELIGIOUS THEORY OF Dr. B.R. AMBEDKAR

B. Thanuja Dr. Karamthur Venkatesu Naik Contract Junior Lecturer in History Academic Consultant Govt. Junior College, Sanjamala Dept. of AIHC & Archaeology Kurnool District Sri Venkateswara University Tirupati

Religion to Dr. B.R. Ambedkar means the life, breath for man and society. It is the essence of human wisdom. It is a driving force for human activity. He says “Man cannot live by bread alone. He has a mind which needs food for thought. Religion instills hope in man and drives him to activity.”1 Dr. B.R. Ambedkar has no truck with the people who prefer “bread to culture of the mind”. He does not regard religion as worthless. He stands as an ardent advocate for the need of religion in human relations. “Some people think that religion is not essential to society. I do not hold this view; I consider the foundation of religion to be essential to life and practice of society”, even in individual life religion according to him plays an appreciable role. “Religion is an influence or force suffused through the life each individual moulding his character determining his actions and reactions his likes and dislikes”2 actions and reactions are not instructions which can be dealt with if a particular religion cherishes wrong practices by controlling or counteracting them.

According to Dr. B.R. Ambedkar religion is part of one’s social inheritance and the life of the individual and society, their dignity and pride are bound up with it. It is very difficult to abandon it. But as he says, “I want religion . . . I do not want hypocrisy in the name of religion”. He is whemently apposed to an organized and wrongly institutionalized religion because it stands for outer meaning the vested interests. Sometimes this provoked him to question the very existence of religion. “Can you respect or believe in a religion which recommends actions that bring happiness to oneself by causing sorrow to others or

www.ijmer.in 208

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

happiness to other by causing sorrow to oneself r sorrow to both oneself and others. Is not that better religion which promotes the happiness of others simultaneously with the happiness of oneself and tolerates no happiness”3.

Not only rankest hypocrisy is the enemy of religion but slavery is also an antithesis of religious society. Dr. B.R. Ambedkar observes: “The religion which discriminates between two followers is partial and the religion which treats crores of its adherents worse than dogs and criminals and inflicts upon them insufferable disabilities is no religion at all. Religion is not the appellation for such an unjust order. Religion and slavery are incompatible”4. If one man’s religion is the same as that of others, then his right should be equal to them. No doubt there may be differences; tyranny and coercion among the members of different religions, but to Dr. B.R. Ambedkar, injustice and slavery at least for the sake of principle among the members of the same religion are repugnant. It is against the very basis of that religion. Religion is to enlighten the people while slavery is to keep them in darkness. These two things cannot and should not exist together even slavery in any form should not continue in human society.

To Dr. B.R. Ambedkar religion is for the service of man and not man – as a means to religion. “The religion that does not teach its followers to show humanity in dealing with its co-religionists is nothing but a display of force. The religion that asks is adherents to suffer the touch of animals but not the touch of human beings is not religion but a monkey. That religion which precludes some classes from education forbids them to accumulate wealth and to bear arms is not religion but a mockery. The religion that compels the ignorant to be ignorant and the poor to be poor is not religion but a visitation”. Dr. B.R. Ambedkar in the name of religion does not want any type of hypocrisy, injustice and exploitation of man by man. If men are true to their religion they

www.ijmer.in 209

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

ought to follow it both in thought and action without making man as a means. He says “I tell you religion is for man and not man for religion”.

It is fruitless to derive satisfaction merely from the theoretical view of religion. Religion is a collective thing inseparable from society i.e., from practical way of human life. Religion should be tested and judged by its social products and existing standards. To Dr. B.R. Ambedkar “Religion must be judged by social standards based on social ethics. No other standard would have any meaning if religion is held to be a necessary good for the well being of people”.5 he links religion with the social well being of the people. He does not see religion in an abstract totality unrelated to the needs of man and indifferent to the vital reforms of society.

It is very difficult for Dr. B.R. Ambedkar to believe in a religion which is nothing but a multitude of command and prohibitions. He wants to have a religion in the sense of spiritual principles truly universal applicable to all times, to all countries and to all races. It must be essentially the governing part of a man’s life if he claims to be a follower of it6. From this point of view, Dr. B.R. Ambedkar criticizes Hindu religion. Hinduism is a mass of sacrificial, societal, political and sanitary rules and regulations all mixed up. He calls it a law or legalized class ethics. Such a religion tends to deprive life of freedom and spontaneity and reduce it to more or less an anxious and servile conformity to externally imposed rules. In it there is no loyalty to ideals. There is conformity only to commands. The unhealthy feature of such religion is that its laws continue to be the same yesterday, today and forever. That being the case he questions “how can humanity endure this code of eternal laws without being cramped and without being cripple”. The hard and fast rules of a theistic spiritual life are not dear to Dr. B.R. Ambedkar because they leave no room to vital activity and urge of human existence. There should be the freedom of conscience always and everywhere.

www.ijmer.in 210

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

According to him rules are practical. They are habitual ways of doing things according to prescription. But principles are intellectual. They are useful methods of judging things. Rules seek to tell an agent just what course of action to pursue. Principles do not prescribe a specific course of action. Rules like cooking recipes do tell what to do and how to do it. A principle, such as that justice supplies a main head by reference to which he is to consider the bearings of his desires and purposes, it guides him in his thinking by suggesting to him the important consideration which he should bear in mind”7. This difference between rules and principles makes the acts done in pursuit of them different in quality and content, which leads to different types of social and political behavior patterns.

To Dr. B.R. Ambedkar therefore doing well by virtue of a rule and doing well in the light of a principle are two different things. The principle may be wrong but the act is conscious and responsible. They may be right but the act is conscious and responsible. They may be right but the act is mechanical. The religious act may but be a correct act but at least it must be a responsible act. To allow this responsibility religion must mainly be a matter of principle only. It cannot be a matter of rules. The moment it degenerates into rules it ceases to be religion as it kills responsibility which is the essence of a truly religious act”.

In his view a religion of principles alone can claim to be a true spiritual religion. It is really common spiritual fellowship that can also help people in maintaining the social and economic equality and democracy.

In the light of these considerations it may now be seen more clearly what is the general nature of religion that is properly to be ascribed to a human society. Dr. B.R. Ambedkar looks towards religion as a source of social and spiritual unity. This can only be maintained by

www.ijmer.in 211

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

spiritual beings i.e., persons in human society. So religion to Dr. B.R. Ambedkar has a very prominent place in human relations in society8.

Importance of Religion

According to Dr. B.R. Ambedkar, four characteristics of a true religion are:

i) That society must have either the sanction of law or the sanction of morality to hold it together. Without either society is sure to go to pieces. As experience tells us law in all societies’ plays a very small part. It is generally intended to keep the minority within the range of social order and discipline. But the majority is left and has to be left to sustain its social life by sanction of moral principles, the postulates of morality. “Religion in the sense of morality must therefore, remain the governing principle in every society”9.

ii) Religion as defined in the first proposition must be in accord with science. Religion is bound to lose respect and therefore, become the subject of ridicule and thereby not merely lose its force as a governing principle of life but might in course of time disintegrate and lapse if it is not in accord with science. In other words “religion if it is to function must be in accord with reason which is merely another name for science”.

iii) “It is not enough for religion to consist of moral code but its code must recognize the fundamental truth of liberty, equality, and fraternity. Unless a religion recognizes these three fundamental principles of social life, religion will be doomed”. It is true because religion is not merely an individual affair. It has a social significance which demands in all its sanity and serenity a sense of equality and brotherhood. Inequality in society on the basis of a religion is perilous and pestilential.

www.ijmer.in 212

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

iv) “Religion must not sanctity or ennobles poverty. Renunciation of riches by those who have it may be blessed state. But poverty can never be. To declare poverty to be a blessed state is to pervert, religion to perpetuate vice and crime, to concert to make earth a living hell”10. Here Dr. B.R. Ambedkar does not agree with Gandhian attitude to poverty. Since God to Gandhiji is especially thought to be the Lord of the poor and that the poor are his chosen people. Gandhiji in his work for the poor gives them a religious term known as Daridranarayana. The poor that is god or that god resides in the poor. Dr. B.R. Ambedkar cannot appreciate religious justification of poverty, because he takes it as an evil and stands to remove it in any form found in human society.

Dr. B.R. Ambedkar combines in himself the illumination of the east and also the alacrity of the west. Besides his religious ideas, he has a strong faith in science its objectivity and utility. A religion to him should be more scientific than mere mass of superstitions and dogmatic beliefs. He does not favour a critical credulousness and a reliance on the supernatural in religion. Mysticism too is not attractive to him and even metaphysical thinking is of little value to his social aspirations because mysticism receives the upward struggle of humanity. Dr. B.R. Ambedkar’s religious attitude opposes superstition ideal dogmatism hypocrisy sectarianism fanatism, individualism, mysticism and conventionalism poverty and ignorance in religion. What he stands for is that religion should be a social gospel. It should make clear and coherent the meaning and the course of social events for human happiness here on his earth.

Dr. B.R. Ambedkar stands for religion which is democratic in and out. The foundation of his religion is his faith in the capacities of human nature, faith in human intelligence and equality. Religion to him should be a social gospel for realizing democracy and unity as the truly way of life. The key note of his concept of religion as a way of life

www.ijmer.in 213

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

is the necessity for the participation of every human being in the formation of the values that regulate the social living for common purposes. That is necessary from the standpoint of both the general social well being and the satisfactory development of men as individuals.

References

1. Danunjay Keer, Dr. B.R. Ambedkar Life and Mission, Bombay, 1954, p.499.

2. Dr. B.R. Ambedkar, B.R. Mr. Gandhi and the Emancipation of the Untouchables, Jullundhar, 1965, p.55.

3. Dr. B.R. Ambedkar, B.R. Buddha and his Dhamma, Bombay, 1957, Pp.308-309.

4. Dr. B.R. Ambedkar, B.R. n.2 Op.cit. p.92.

5. Dr. B.R. Ambedkar, B.R. Annihilation of Caste, Jullundhur, 1943, p.15.

6. Ibid. p.72.

7. Ibid. p.71.

8. Wilkinson, T.S. and Thomas, M.N. Dr. B.R. Ambedkar and Neo- Buddhist Movement, Madras, 1972, p.72.

9. Dr. B.R. Ambedkar, B.R. Buddha and the future of His Religion, Jullundhar, 1950, p.17.

10. Ibid. p.20.

www.ijmer.in 214

INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

COMPOSING THE GENDERED SELF: DEBATES IN BHAKTI POETRY

Mudita Mohile Assistant Professor Gargi College University of Delhi, Delhi

Orientalist scholarship has tended to define Bhakti in terms of a monotheistic “religion” wherein faith is directed towards a “personalised deity,” (Grierson 539). The bulk of this scholarship – that of Grierson, Weber and Monier-Williams – identifies Bhakti with the Vaishnava worship of a determinate god, sometimes even specifically with the cult of Krishna. This is defined against the “older” “pantheistic Brahmanism” of the Upanishadas (Grierson 539). The genealogy of Bhakti, as constructed by Grierson, locates its origins in the Bhagvat religion of which Krishna is seen as both founder and deity, and traces its evolution through an interaction with Sankhya and Yoga, to its final formulation by the Vaishnava Acharyas – Ramanuja, Madhava, Nimbarka and Vallabha – who reacted against Shankara’s monistic Advaita Vedanta..

Clearly, this definition of Bhakti excludes that aspect of its practice, which directs itself at an indeterminate deity, i.e., Nirguna Bhakti, besides marginalising older Shaiva forms of Bhakti.. Responding to these exclusions, Krishna Sharma suggests that a definition of Bhakti that encompasses its Nirguna and Saguna aspects is possible only when Bhakti is read as a “generic term,” signifying the “emotive state” of loving devotion or worship (Sharma 5). The alternative genealogy of Bhakti presented by Sharma traces it back to the Rigveda which asserted a monotheos (57), through the Upanishadic “Nirguna Brahmana,” which she sees as the resolution of polytheism, and the identification of the Brahman (god) with the Atman (self) in the Upanishadas (61), through Shankara’s Advaita Vedanta and the subsequent identification, in Vaishnavite thought, of the Nirguna Brahman with various determinate, Saguna versions of Vishnu (130,

www.ijmer.in 215 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

144). Sharma does not, however, emphasize the influences of Islam and Christianity on the development of this form of monotheism.

Sharma’s counter-definition of Bhakti successfully stresses the close links, even the inter-permeation, of the Nirguna and Saguna streams of Bhakti, but it does not engage with Vaishnavism; thus, the specific instances where Nirguna and Saguna Bhakti co-exist, for example in the form of Lingayat symbol worship, is left unexplored.

The Saguna notion of Bhakti, devotion to a personal, determinate deity, involves an at least apparent distinction or duality between subject and object, devotee and deity. The apparent lack of this distinction in Nirguna Bhakti, with its close alliance with Advaita Vedanta thought, contributed to the exclusion of Nirguna Bkakti from the Orientalist studies of Bhakti. Howetver, Sharma argues that the monistic form of Bhakti, where the devotee is indistinct from the deity, points to a duality within the devotee who is to search for the Self within the self.The goal of Bhakti, in Kabir’s words, is the collapse of this duality:

Within the heart a mirror, but no face shows.

You’ll see the face when the heart’s doubleness goes. (Hess 92)

Infact even within the Saguna tradition, it is this unification – the dissolution of the subject and the object into one another – that is aspired to. In Mirabai’s verse, this takes on erotic characteristics:

Let my light dissolve in your light... (qtd. In Sangari 1472).

For Tukaram, it is “darshan”, an interface between the manifest deity and the devotee, that brings about the collapse in the subject-object distinction:

Salt mixes with water;

What, then, is left distinct?

www.ijmer.in 216 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

It is noteworthy that the aspirations of the devotee for unification with the deity are often premised upon conferring truth value upon the deity as distinct from the phenomenal world. The concept of Maya – the world as cosmic illusion which only the enlightened saint can see through – informs most Bhakti thought and is perhaps the most obvious indicator of Vedantic thought upon Bhakti. To Kabir, it is not only the world but even the mind that is illusory:

Maya and the mind are one,

Maya permeates mind.

The three worlds whirl in doubt.

To whom can I explain? (Hess 101)

Comparable with this is Akka Mahadevi’s and Mirabai’s rejection of marriage. Mirabai refers to the phenomenal world as “jhootha” –a lie (qud. In Sangari 1468). Here, although Mirabai seems to conform with the beliefs of the male, brahmanical Hindu metaphysical tradition, Sangari argues that Mirabai re-interprets this concept:

From being a cosmic illusion emanating from creation or from god, it (maya) becomes more a set of conventional beliefs and attitudes, familial and patriarchal encumbrances, which prevent the meeting between self and god (Sangari 1469).

Similarly, in the hands of Akka Mahadevi, the lines,

Take these husbands who die, decay,

And feed them

To your kitchen fires (Ramanujan 134) do not faithfully echo the renunciation of the flesh as Maya, but challenge the patriarchal obligations imposed upon women.

www.ijmer.in 217 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

An extreme disregard of the body as a consequence of the concept of Maya is characteristic of Kabir’s Nirguna Bhakti. He speaks of the human body as red and white juices (blood and semen) mixed, shot with air in an earthen pot (the body) and baked within another pot The womb) for ten months (Hess 55). He also dwells on details of posthumous decay (Hess 61, 94). In contrast, the twelfth-century Viarsaiva poet, Basavanna, celebrates the human body as a temple where god is worshipped, which will outlast the inanimate, rigid, structured temples:

My legs are pillars

The body the shrine

The head a cupola

Of gold. (Ramanujan 88)

Bhakti poetry provides the space for articulating not only notions of selfhood, but also the lives, locations and experiences of the individual poets. Explicit autobiographical writing is one form this may take. For instance, Narasinh Mehta’s six autobiographical lyrics furnish the only available documentary evidence of his life. Later, in the seventeenth century, Bhaninbai wrote the Atmanivedana, an autobiography, wherein she articulates the tension between her spiritual and familial lives: it is at once an account of her spiritual journey, and her self- conscious submission to patriarchal norms.

Another obvious mode of self-writing in Bhakti poetry is the “signature line”, the means by which the poet attributes the verses to himself/ herself and often self-consciously, projects a persona. Kabir, addressing himself often to a community of sadhus, adopts the persona of one who speaks the truth to power. Mirabai projects herself as the dasi or chakar of her prabhu. Janabai is the dasi of Namdev, her contemporary poet. The signature line may even refer to the profession or caste of the poet. A Varkari poet and prostitute by profession, Kanhopatra often

www.ijmer.in 218 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

refers to herself as a fallen woman. Soyrabai, the wife of Chokhamela, a Mahar by caste, refers to herself as “Chokhya’s Mahari”. The signature line, then, proves malleable enough to serve for self-definition in social as well as metaphysical terms.

The persona of the devotee may also be redefined in terms of performances of the body – attitudes towards clothing, eroticism ND THE BLURRING OF THE CATEGORIES OF GENDER. The trope of the rejection of clothing as an oppressive imposition of patriarchal notions of modesty, is a constant strand in devotional poems by women. In Akka Mahadevi’s words,

To the shameless girl,

Wearing the White Jasmine Lord’s

Light of morning, you fool,

Where’s the need for cover and jewel? (Ramanujan 129)

To Janabai, respectability becomes as dispensible as clothes in her pursuit of god:

...Jani says, My Lord,

I have become a slut

To reach your home. (Tharu and Lalitha 83).

Not only clothing, but even conventional categories of gender are sometimes rejected by the bhakta. For Chaitanya, Bhakti was akin to raasa, a reciprocal relationship between Krishna and the gopis. His thought is thus part of the convention that sees the devotee as essentially feminine, and god as masculine. Kumkum Sangari suggests that the use of the female devotional voice by the male bhakta could open up possibilities of sexuality outside the heterosexual norm, simultaneously betraying the culturally constructed nature of gender (1538-9). However, both Sangari and Ramaswamy emphasize the fact

www.ijmer.in 219 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

that the female devotional persona adopted by the male poet is a split one. The male devotee may appropriate “feminine virtues,” to help him along the path of Bhakti (Ramaswamy 14) but persona is rendered unstable by the persistent “other” female principle associated with vice and the flesh: an obstacle to salvation. Thus Kabir’s Maya becomes the female transgressive principle, fit for castigation, and yet:

Kabir says, we’re all women to Ram,

The husband, the steady man. (Hess 53).

This, infact, is a sentiment echoed by Akka Mahadevi as well; however, in the case of the woman devotee, the assertion that

I saw the haughty Master, for whom men, all men,

Are but women, wives (Ramanujan 120)

grants a sort of parity with the male bhakts, which is absent in lived social reality.

It is, however, unusual for the female devotee to appropriate a male voice. In Akka Mahadevi’s case, this is gestured towards in the verse

A woman though in name,

I am, if you consider well,

The male principle (qtd, in Ramaswamy 23).

Such projections of androgynous personae are not unusual in the Vaishnavite literature of both male and female poets. Dasimayya critiques the fixity of categories of gender and asserts an androgynous self, one that

Hovers

In between

www.ijmer.in 220 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

Is neither man

Nor woman (Ramanujan 110)

However, it is notable that assertions of androgyny are made against the backdrop of devotion directed at a deity that is specifically and absolutely masculine. This essentialising of the gender of the deity as masculine sems to delimit the radical potential of the androgynous voices to confound categories of gender. Thus, even in the case of Akka Mahadevi, the adoption of an androgynous persona is empowering to the poet within the devotional community, only insofar as the female poet identifies with the “male principle.” This identification, moreover, tends to view gender as essential rather than performatively constructed.

In her analysis of the progress of Akka Mahadevi’s gendered spirituality, Vijaya Ramaswamy traces three stages: the sublimation of poetry in terms of erotic poetry, the assertion of androgyny, and, finally, the transcendence of gender. These categories, however, need to be problematized. “The sublimation of sexuality,” for instance, simultaneously locates the origin of mystical utterance in female sexuality, and responds to the psychoanalytical hypothesis that repressive mechanisms cause sexuality to erupt, sublimated, as spirituality. Thus, these mystical utterances, when read as sublimated sexuality, are denied both, the status of conscious dissent from sexual norms, as well as the status of exprssions of spirituality as autonomous from spirituality. The claim that Akka Mahadevi could then transcend categories of gender, too, is questionable, as patriarchal structures continued to appropriate and contain the voices of women saints, through the processes of canonization.

In fact the voices of numerous female Bhakti poets seem to lend themselves to such incorporation as they echo patriarchal voices. Women poets from Antal to Mirabai projected themselves as the brides od god. Mirabai, in particular, recomposes in her poetry the feudal and patriarchal values she seemed to reject, substituting god for the

www.ijmer.in 221 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

husband/ feudal lord. In order to explain the tension between the subversive articulations of women poets on one hand, and their re- constitution of patriarchal values in their poetry, Ramaswamy uses the kristevan hypothesis that holds that the Symbolic and Semiotic; conformist and radical levels of consciousness co-exist in the woman poet’s work, causing her to use the disruptive “language of madness, holiness, and poetry,” while not breaking away wholly from patriarchal norms (Kristeva qtd. In Ramaswamy 165).

The wide influence of Bhakti poetry in the age of its production can be attributed to its use of popular languages as well as its grounding infolk music. However, the twentieth century has witnessed a trend towards the rendering of this poetry into Classical canons of music, often in the voices of the great masters of Hindustani and Carnatic vocal music, thereby sharply limiting their popular appeal. It is possible to read this trend as similar to the incorporation and canonization of Bhakti poets into the Brahminical canon, limiting their radical potential for social change.

Works Cited

1. Deheija, Vidya. Antal and her Path of Love: Poems of a Woman Saint from South India, New York: State University of New York Press, 1990 2. Grierson, George A. “Bhakti Marga.” Encyclopaedia of Religion and Ethics. Ed. James Hastings. Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark, 1967, Vol II, pp539-551 3. Hess, Linda and Sukhdev Singh, trans. The Bijak of Kabir. Delhi: Motilal Banarasidass, 1986. 4. Lalitha K. And Susie Tharu, eds. Women Writinf in India: 600 B.C. to the present. New Delhi: OUP,1991. 5. Ramanujan, A. K., trans. Speaking of Siva. Delhi: Penguin, 1973.

www.ijmer.in 222 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

6. Ramaswamy, Vijaya. Walking Naked: Women, Society, Spirituality in South India. Shimla: Indian Institute of Advanced Studies. 1987. 7. Sangari, Kumkum, “Mirabai and the Spiritual Economy of Bhakti,” in Economic and Political Weekly, July7, 1990, pp 1446 -1474

8. Sharma, Krishna. Bhakti and the Bhakti Movement: Towards a New Perspective. Munshiram Manoharlal, New Delhi: 2002

www.ijmer.in 223 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 224 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 225 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 226 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 227 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 228 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 229 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 230 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 231 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 232 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 233 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 234 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 235 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 236 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 237 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 238 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 239 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 240 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 241 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 242 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 243 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 244 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 245 INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MULTIDISCIPLINARY EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH ISSN : 2277-7881; IMPACT FACTOR – 3.318; IC VALUE:5.16; ISI VALUE:2.286

VOLUME 5, ISSUE 8(4), AUGUST 2016

www.ijmer.in 246